en_tn/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv

760 KiB
Raw Permalink Blame History

1BookChapterVerseIDSupportReferenceOrigQuoteOccurrenceGLQuoteOccurrenceNote
2EXOfrontintrob4pp0

Introduction to Exodus

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of Exodus

  1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (112)
  • First genealogy (1:16)
  • Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:722)
  • Moses history to the time of the Exodus (2:14:26)
  • Israel suffers in Egypt (4:276:13)
  • Second genealogy (6:1427)
  • Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:287:25)
  • The plagues (8:111:10)
  1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:130)
  2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:3118:27)
  • The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:3150, 13:122)
  • Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:118:27)
  1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
  • Preparing for the covenant (19:125)
  • The Ten Commandments (20:117)
  • The covenant described (20:1823:33)
  • The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:118)
  • Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:131:18)
  • The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:133:22)
  • The covenant described again (34:135)
  • Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:138:31) and priestly garments (39:143, 40:133)
  • The cloud (40:3438)

What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abrahams descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” (19:6 ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahwehs speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See 4:intro for more.

Pharaohs stubborn heart

Between chapters 414 there are 18 cases where Pharaohs heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypts best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so (7:13, 7:14, 7:22, 8:19, 9:7, 9:35); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn (8:15, 8:32, 9:34); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn (4:21, 7:3, 9:12, 10:1, 10:20, 10:27, 11:10, 14:4, 14:8, 14:17).

Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 2532 repeated in Exodus 3540?

In Exodus 2532, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 3540. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.

3EXO1introcj550

Exodus 01 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

Special concepts in this chapter

Israels growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, because the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land, but instead, choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacobs children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.

4EXO11h51fwriting-background0

Verses 17 are background information for the story.If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

5EXO11g89kfigs-metonymyוּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ1household

Here, house refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

6EXO11fxbxfigs-goהַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ1

The words translated as came in could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

7EXO11e65ztranslate-namesיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב1

Jacob and Israel are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

8EXO15fv84translate-numbersשִׁבְעִ֣ים1seventy in number

“70 in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

9EXO16sh42grammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יָּ֤מָת1

Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

10EXO16g5qgוְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו1all his brothers

All his brothers includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother”

11EXO168g2kfigs-possessionאֶחָ֔י⁠ו1

This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

12EXO179uwrfigs-metonymyוּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל1

This is the first of many times in this book that sons of Israel refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

13EXO172ccyfigs-doubletפָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ1

All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesnt have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

14EXO17uo65פָּר֧וּ…וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ…וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ1

Compare your translation of fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled here to Genesis 1:28; 9:1, 7; andespecially Genesis35:11, where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel.

15EXO17nk2lfigs-metaphorפָּר֧וּ1were fruitful

The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

16EXO17r2f1figs-activepassiveוַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם1the land was filled with them

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they filled the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

17EXO173tcvfigs-idiomבִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד1

Here the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

18EXO17piq4writing-participantsאֹתָֽ⁠ם1with them

Here, them refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

19EXO186y05writing-neweventוַ⁠יָּ֥קָם1

This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

20EXO18470twriting-participantsמֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ1

The story begins with the new king.Your language may have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

21EXO18t6jdfigs-metonymyוַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם1arose over Egypt

Here, Egypt refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

22EXO1804cxfigs-metonymyלֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף1

Here, Joseph refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

23EXO19tf59writing-participantsוַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר1He said to his people

“And the king said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

24EXO19aku3figs-exclamationsהִנֵּ֗ה1

Here, behold draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing peoples attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

25EXO19x65ifigs-possessionעַמּ֑⁠וֹ1his people

The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

26EXO19t7s1עַמּ֑⁠וֹ1

There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.

27EXO19jik8מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ1

Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are”

28EXO19njuffigs-quotemarksהִנֵּ֗ה1

Beginning from behold to the end of verse 10 is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

29EXO110hiq4figs-exclusiveנִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה…שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בָּ֖⁠נוּ1let us

The word us is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

30EXO1108wvbgrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalפֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙1

The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the kings language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

31EXO110jc1hוְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1leave the land

“and he leaves Egypt”

32EXO110ni77figs-quotemarksהָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1

After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

33EXO111y2miשָׂרֵ֣י1taskmasters

Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work.

34EXO111o926מִסִּ֔ים1

Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews”

35EXO111l9ljלְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם1to oppress them with hard labor

“to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians”

36EXO111pkz4translate-unknownעָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙1store cities

These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

37EXO111dy34figs-possessionעָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙1

The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

38EXO112c1fygrammar-connect-logic-contrastוְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ1

This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

39EXO112pdfkfigs-abstractnounsוַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ1

“And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

40EXO112qgzzfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1

Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

41EXO113j1q6figs-abstractnounsוַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ1made…work rigorously

Here, rigor is a noun used to modify the verb enslaved. Rigor could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

42EXO114mx6vfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ1made their lives bitter

The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

43EXO114jre2figs-abstractnounsבַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה1

Slavery is an abstract noun modified by hard. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

44EXO114cuq7translate-unknownבְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙1mortar

This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

45EXO114h5dxtranslate-unknownוּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים1

Bricks are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

46EXO114gzq7אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃1All their required work was hard

“the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in verse 13

47EXO1145nzxwriting-participantsוַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ…בָ⁠הֶ֖ם1

These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

48EXO114acj5writing-participantsחַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם…עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם…עָבְד֥וּ1

These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

49EXO115yoajwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙1

This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

50EXO115hhw1לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת1midwives

Midwives were women who helped a pregnant woman give birth to a baby.

51EXO115h8f8translate-namesשִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה1Shiphrah…Puah

These are Hebrew womens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

52EXO115h59twriting-participantsשִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה1

The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use your languages way to introduce new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

53EXO1164wwzוַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר1

In the UST, And the king said, is combined with “spoke” from verse 15, because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off.

54EXO116yovgfigs-quotemarksבְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה1

This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

55EXO1165lkefigs-youdualבְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙…וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן…וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן1

The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of you is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

56EXO116h3mbfigs-metonymyעַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם1on the birthstool

Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

57EXO116nms7grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalאִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה1

These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at if) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at then).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

58EXO117gy7kgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ1

Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

59EXO118y9g5לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת1midwives

These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:15.

60EXO11800l4figs-quotemarksמַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים1

This is a direct quote of the kings question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

61EXO118y73kfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים1

This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

62EXO118q1syמַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים1Why have you done this, and let the baby boys live?

Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?”

63EXO1188onvfigs-youdualעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן1

This you is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

64EXO1197t6zfigs-quotemarksכִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ1

This is a direct quote of the midwives response. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

65EXO1199gqegrammar-connect-logic-resultכִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ1

The midwives give a reason, the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women, and then they expand on that reason, for they are lively (or energetic), with the result that before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

66EXO1190ppafigs-synecdocheוַ⁠תֹּאמַ֤רְןָ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙1

It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

67EXO1192ivnהַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙1

These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:15.

68EXO120eh25לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת1midwives

These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:15.

69EXO120h133figs-doubletוַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב הָ⁠עָ֛ם וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד1The people increased in numbers

These words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesnt have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

70EXO1200wpbgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת1

This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

71EXO1213q9egrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יְהִ֕י כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים1

This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

72EXO121pbvegrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים1

This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

73EXO121jx9cבָּתִּֽים1he gave them families

“households”

74EXO122ld1jfigs-explicitכָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ1You must throw every son…into the river

This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

75EXO122a6b2figs-quotationsוַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן1

From You shall to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaohs speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

76EXO122stagfigs-youdualתַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן1

The uses of the word you here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

77EXO2introrwf30

Exodus 02 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Covenant

God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

Moses heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaohs daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Identification of participants

  • Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses life.

Ironic situations

  • While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaohs own daughter to save Moses.

  • Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission.

78EXO21wvj9writing-neweventוַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ1Now

A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

79EXO21riy7writing-participantsאִ֖ישׁ…בַּת1

These are new participants. They remain unnamed until Exodus 6:20 where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

80EXO2140u9figs-idiomוַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי1

This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

81EXO22s49kט֣וֹב1

Alternative translations: “pleasing,” “fine,” or “healthy” (UST)

82EXO22q4c0grammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא…וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ1

Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

83EXO2200k4translate-numbersשְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה1

3 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

84EXO23t2gjtranslate-unknownתֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא1papyrus basket

This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

85EXO23tn3yfigs-explicitוַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת1sealed it with bitumen and pitch

You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

86EXO23wpb6translate-unknownוַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה1sealed

This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

87EXO23ym3ktranslate-unknownבַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר1bitumen

This is a sticky black paste made from petroleum. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

88EXO23v825translate-unknownוּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת1pitch

This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from petroleum. Therefore, pitch would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

89EXO23y8gqtranslate-unknownבַּ⁠סּ֖וּף1reeds

These reeds were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

90EXO24av8bוַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק1at a distance

This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language.

91EXO249m7yfigs-abstractnounsמֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק1

This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

92EXO244d7ntranslate-kinshipאֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ1

Here, theactions of his sister show that she is older. If your languages uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings use one that means “a boys older sister.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

93EXO24z1cygrammar-connect-logic-goalלְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ1

This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

94EXO251vlsfigs-goוַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד1

Came down may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaohs palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaohs daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your languages way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

95EXO25y26hwriting-participantsוַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙1

The daughter of Pharaoh is introduced here as a new participant. Along with choosing come or go as mentioned in the previous note, you may need to mark her introduction in a particular way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

96EXO253vanwriting-participantsוְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ1

These women are introduced here as new participants; however they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

97EXO25im0dfigs-metaphorעַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר1

Hand is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

98EXO25bi7sוְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ1her attendants

These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her.

99EXO25am7gwriting-participantsוַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ1

It is not clear who is meant by she here, either Pharaohs daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaohs daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

100EXO26g9n6figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּה1Behold

The word behold signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

101EXO26tyubgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו1

The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby verse 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

102EXO26jg0dfigs-quotemarksמִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה1

This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the babys sister to hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

103EXO273zvufigs-quotemarksוְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד1

This is a direct quote of the babys sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

104EXO27x5jaוְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת1

This is a suggestive question. The childs sister is hopeful that Pharaohs daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaohs daughters permission, the childs sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here.

105EXO27psb2figs-possessionאֲחֹת⁠וֹ֮…בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֒1

These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

106EXO27d7ajמֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק1nurse

To nurse means to feed with milk from the breast.

107EXO27tqq9grammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד1

This is the purpose of the sisters proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

108EXO28ab1mfigs-goלֵ֑כִי…וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙1

The girl left Pharaohs daughter to go to the childs mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

109EXO282456figs-quotemarksלֵ֑כִי1

This is a direct quote. Pharaohs daughter commands the babys sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

110EXO28lyyjfigs-possessionבַּת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה…אֵ֥ם הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד1

These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

111EXO29lmkofigs-possessionבַּת־פַּרְעֹ֗ה1

This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

112EXO29u554writing-participantsלָ֣⁠הּ1

The childs mother is reintroduced as a participant. Alternative translation: “to the babys mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

113EXO29xp5xfigs-quotemarksהֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ1

This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

114EXO29moggשְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ1

This refers to payment that Pharaohs daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby.

115EXO29hqsafigs-explicitוַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח…וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ1

The mothers acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

116EXO210zj8hgrammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙1she brought him

An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mothers milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

117EXO210ta4rfigs-possessionלְ⁠בַת־פַּרְעֹ֔ה1

This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

118EXO210j7n1וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן1he became her son

“and he became the adopted son of Pharaohs daughter”

119EXO210h7togrammar-connect-time-simultaneousוַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה1

These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become as a son to her. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])

120EXO210nh2mמֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ1Because I drew him from the water

Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means draw out.’”

121EXO210ityqfigs-quotationsוַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ1

This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

122EXO210yax4translate-namesמֹשֶׁ֔ה1drew him

Moses - (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

123EXO211tyolgrammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א1

A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

124EXO211p7gxwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗1

This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

125EXO211917yfigs-goוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א1

The UST supplies a probable location that he went out from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

126EXO211swn3מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י1striking a Hebrew

“hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew”

127EXO212m9bnfigs-merismוַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה1He looked this way and that way

These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

128EXO212rmgnfigs-metonymyוַ⁠יַּךְ֙1

The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

129EXO213qn45figs-goוַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙1He went out

See how you translated this in Exodus 2:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

130EXO21383e6translate-ordinalהַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י1

The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

131EXO213rgn1figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה1behold

Here, behold shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

132EXO213i4d6לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע1the one who was in the wrong

Based on Mosess question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”

133EXO213duobfigs-quotemarksלָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

134EXO214qb2nfigs-rquestionמִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ1Who made you a leader and judge over us?

The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

135EXO214afnefigs-quotemarksמִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

136EXO214k6s5figs-ironyהַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י1Are you planning to kill me as you killed that Egyptian?

The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]

137EXO2147qmkfigs-rquestionהַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י1

The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

138EXO214d2jaהַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר1

“Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me”

139EXO214lyqhfigs-asideאָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר1

It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])

140EXO214vfw5figs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר1

It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

141EXO215yutrוַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה1

Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST

142EXO215l5rcfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י1

His face means his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

143EXO215otslוַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב1

These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred.

144EXO216shg5writing-backgroundוּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת1Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters

This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

145EXO216pjzcwriting-neweventוּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת1

This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

146EXO216cfe5writing-participantsשֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה1

The daughters are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

147EXO216sm8ffigs-goוַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה1

The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

148EXO216v5ykfigs-possessionוּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת1

This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

149EXO216esdmtranslate-numbersשֶׁ֣בַע1

7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

150EXO216i2jhוַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה1drew water

This means that they brought up water from a well.

151EXO216g1e6translate-unknownהָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים1troughs

These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

152EXO216p3uofigs-possessionצֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן1

There are two possessives here: 1) their father is the possessive of social relationship; 2) the flock of … father is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

153EXO217k5ycfigs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ1

A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

154EXO217zksvwriting-participantsהָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים1

These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

155EXO217z17mgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠יָּ֤קָם1helped them

Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

156EXO218omzvfigs-goוַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה1

The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use come or go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

157EXO2187t7ttranslate-namesרְעוּאֵ֖ל1

Reuel, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

158EXO21895f3writing-participantsרְעוּאֵ֖ל1

The priest of Midian was mentioned in v. 16 in a background statement but is a new participant starting here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

159EXO218tiqhfigs-possessionאֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ן1

This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

160EXO218lukbfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם1

This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

161EXO21844atfigs-goבֹּ֖א1

Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

162EXO219r01gfigs-quotemarksאִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן1

This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

163EXO2193g80אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י1

Jethros daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.

164EXO219hvb4figs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֣ד1

Hand figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds.Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

165EXO2196gvbfigs-idiomדָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙1

The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

166EXO220x73jfigs-possessionבְּנֹתָ֖י⁠ו1

This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

167EXO220x9ybfigs-rquestionוְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ1Why did you leave the man?

These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

168EXO220p6xhfigs-quotemarksוְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

169EXO220mb8wwriting-participantsל֖⁠וֹ1

Him refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

170EXO220hal8figs-synecdocheלָֽחֶם1

Bread is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

171EXO221zvr1וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ1Moses agreed to stay with the man

“Moses agreed to live with Reuel”

172EXO221y3q7translate-namesצִפֹּרָ֥ה1Zipporah

Zipporah is Reuels (Jethros) daughter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

173EXO2214j8bfigs-possessionבִתּ֖⁠וֹ1

This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

174EXO222l3xgfigs-quotemarksגֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה1

Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

175EXO222n5b1translate-namesגֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם1Gershom

This is Moses son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

176EXO222f76mtranslate-namesגֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם1

His name, Gershom, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

177EXO222q7d8גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה1resident in a foreign land

“stranger in a foreign land”

178EXO223fjktwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם1

This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephens sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

179EXO2231kw0writing-backgroundוַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם1

Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

180EXO223csg2וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ1groaned

They groaned because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”

181EXO223x84afigs-personificationוַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם1their pleas went up to God

The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

182EXO224sja4figs-idiomוַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙1God called to mind his covenant

This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

183EXO3intron6ze0

Exodus 03 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

Special concepts in this chapter

Gods holiness

God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

Yahweh

The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.

184EXO31gqvhwriting-neweventוּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה1

This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

185EXO31oqcrwriting-backgroundוּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת־צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֤ג אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל־הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים חֹרֵֽבָ⁠ה׃1

Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

186EXO31jv7bfigs-possessionצֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ1

This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

187EXO311p00figs-possessionחֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ1

This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

188EXO31l7x6figs-possessionכֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן1

This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

189EXO31v97tfigs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל1

“and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

190EXO31p27sfigs-possessionהַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1

This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In Exodus 3:12 God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with Gods presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

191EXO32p0ntוַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה1

This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening.

192EXO32x5ciיְהֹוָ֥ה1Yahweh

This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.

193EXO32d3tfgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל1behold

The word behold here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

194EXO323bvbfigs-metonymyאֻכָּֽל1

Being consumed means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

195EXO33fpwwfigs-quotemarksאָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה1

This is a direct quote. Its not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

196EXO34ue8vwriting-participantsיְהוָ֖ה…אֱלֹהִ֜ים1

These terms both refer to the same being since Gods name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

197EXO3560ahfigs-quotemarksאַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

198EXO35prv9grammar-connect-logic-resultכִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא1set apart

This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

199EXO36sxk8אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב1the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob

All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”

200EXO363qwafigs-quotemarksאָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב1

This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

201EXO36l5syאָבִ֔י⁠ךָ1your father

Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Mosess own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Mosess father.

202EXO36lfbbgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים1

Reason: for he was afraid from staring toward God Result: And Moses hid his face Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and Exodus 33:20)

203EXO37nl33figs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה1

After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of verse 10. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

204EXO37xoz0figs-idiomרָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי1

The repetition of see expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahwehs seeing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

205EXO37tpk0figs-possessionאֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י1

There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

206EXO37p3txfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו1

Faces refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

207EXO37xx7rנֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו1taskmasters

“his oppressors”

208EXO37ofxtכִּ֥י1

The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahwehs knowledge. Your translation should express Yahwehs knowing with certainty or strength.

209EXO37mfn2grammar-collectivenounsנֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו…מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו1

These pronouns, him and his, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in 3:6. Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronouns gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them…their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

210EXO37hkcjfigs-possessionמַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו1

This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: his) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

211EXO37ui28figs-explicitמַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו1

It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

212EXO389ia8grammar-connect-logic-resultוָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ׀ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִוא֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ אֶל־מְק֤וֹם הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי׃1

Verse 8 contains Gods intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

213EXO38xy36figs-goוָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד1

God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

214EXO38nahbgrammar-collectivenounsלְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ…וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮1

Here, him refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in 3:6. Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronouns gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

215EXO388afvfigs-metaphorמִ⁠יַּ֣ד1

Someones hand is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

216EXO38djbzfigs-possessionמִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם1

This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of the hand, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

217EXO38mqypfigs-parallelismאֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1

There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, to a good and wide land and to a land flowing with milk and honey are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, good and wide are in parallel with each other and also milk and honeyare in parallel with each other.Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

218EXO3837fpfigs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1

Here, milk is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; honey is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and the next note (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

219EXO38pxy8figs-metaphorאֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1a land flowing with milk and honey

God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

220EXO38dtz9זָבַ֥ת1flowing with

“full of” or “with an abundance of”

221EXO38q94ifigs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב1milk

Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

222EXO38l1asfigs-metonymyוּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1honey

Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

223EXO39a2kfgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה1

This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

224EXO39tp2vfigs-exclamationsהִנֵּ֛ה1

This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

225EXO39uup9figs-personificationצַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י1the shouts of the people of Israel have come to me

Here, the cry is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

226EXO39gwoufigs-abstractnounsרָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם1

Here, oppression is an abstract noun which you could translate as a verb if you cannot use this form in your language. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

227EXO310y4m1grammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה1

And now functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

228EXO310spwhfigs-quotemarksמִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1

After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in 3:7 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

229EXO311y8crfigs-rquestionמִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt?

Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

230EXO311ax7wfigs-quotemarksמִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

231EXO312ykp3figs-quotemarksכִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

232EXO312xugffigs-youdualתַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙1

If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

233EXO3138izvfigs-quotemarksהִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם1

This is a direct quotation containing two second-level quotes within it. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

234EXO313lqmsgrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalהִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ1

Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (go, say, say) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

235EXO313jq42הִנֵּ֨ה1

Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now”

236EXO3130n81figs-goבָא֮1

In your language, use go or “come” as makes most sense for Moses hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

237EXO313m9uyfigs-quotesinquotesאֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם1

This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

238EXO313ru0afigs-metaphorאֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1

Here, fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

239EXO313vfskfigs-quotemarksמַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ1

This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

240EXO313bkeigrammar-connect-logic-resultמָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם1

Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

241EXO314cli8אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה1God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.”

This is Gods response to Mosess question about Gods name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”

242EXO314b6vkאֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה1I AM THAT I AM

Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is Gods name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.

243EXO314s62uאֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה1I AM

Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”

244EXO314t745וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר1

This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.

245EXO31470gefigs-quotesinquotesאֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם1

This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

246EXO315897bוַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה1

As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages.

247EXO3157aoafigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה1

After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until the end of chapter 3 at verse 22. This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

248EXO315l962figs-quotesinquotesיְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר1

This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

249EXO3152klcfigs-metaphorאֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם1

Here, fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

250EXO315ixcbfigs-merismלְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר1

The repetition of generation means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

251EXO316ec3vfigs-quotemarksיְהוָ֞ה1General Information:

This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 17. It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

252EXO31635pwfigs-metaphorאֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙1

Here, fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

253EXO316xqy9אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב1the God of your ancestors, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob

Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.

254EXO316dvszfigs-quotemarksפָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙1

This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

255EXO316efhhfigs-idiomפָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙1

The Hebrew word meaning attended, visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates Gods focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

256EXO316fv77figs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם1I have indeed observed you

The word you refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

257EXO31655jmfigs-activepassiveהֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי1

In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

258EXO3164vgcfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם1

The phrase in Egypt is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

259EXO317c54kfigs-quotesinquotesאַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1

This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

260EXO317elojfigs-quotemarksוּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1

If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

261EXO317r8mgfigs-idiomאַעֲלֶ֣ה1

Regardless of the geographic realities, to bring up does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

262EXO317wyvtfigs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1

Here, milk is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; honey is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and the next note (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

263EXO317pwn5figs-metaphorאֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1a land flowing with milk and honey

God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in Exodus 3:8 at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

264EXO317za9lזָבַ֥ת1flowing with

“full of” or “with an abundance of”

265EXO317rtr5figs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב1milk

Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

266EXO317msf8figs-metonymyוּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1honey

Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

267EXO318cy2zfigs-idiomוְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ1

Listen often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

268EXO318j24kwriting-participantsלְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ…אַתָּה֩1They will listen to you

The word you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

269EXO3189na8figs-synecdocheלְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ1

This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

270EXO318r74ofigs-possessionוְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל1

This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

271EXO318eep7grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל1

Israel is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

272EXO318ot9rfigs-metonymyמִצְרַ֗יִם1

Here, Egypt refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

273EXO318idp7figs-youdualוַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם1General Information:

If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

274EXO318i47ofigs-exclusiveעָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה1

These instances of us are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

275EXO3184ealtranslate-numbersשְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת1

“3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

276EXO319qf46figs-metonymyוְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה1unless his hand is forced

The word hand is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]

277EXO320nuzxgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י1

God says this will be a result of the king of Egypts stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

278EXO320yds5figs-metonymyוְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙1I will reach out with my hand and attack

Here, hand refers to Gods power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

279EXO320dzspfigs-metonymyמִצְרַ֔יִם1

Egypt refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

280EXO320c9a3מִצְרַ֔יִם…בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ1

Here, him refers to Egypt as a collective.

281EXO3206dw3grammar-connect-time-sequentialוְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן1

Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

282EXO320ay53writing-participantsיְשַׁלַּ֥ח1

Here, he refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

283EXO320awxsfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶֽם1

Here, you refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

284EXO321btwcfigs-idiomחֵ֥ן…בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1

In the eyes of the Egyptians is an idiom for the Egyptians feelings. Favor means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under Gods judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

285EXO32182wffigs-possessionבְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1

This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

286EXO321s45uהָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה1

“you”

287EXO321uz3cfigs-youdualתֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ1

If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

288EXO32119slfigs-goתֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ1

“leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

289EXO32189u7figs-doublenegativesלֹ֥א …רֵיקָֽם1

The double negative, not … emptily is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

290EXO321kt7bfigs-litotesלֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם1will not go empty-handed

This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])

291EXO322w2avוּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ1any women staying in her neighbors houses

Sojourning means living somewhere other than ones native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best.

292EXO322474qfigs-youdualוְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם1

Each of these is a plural you. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

293EXO322h38jfigs-quotemarksמִצְרָֽיִם1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahwehs word starting in verse 15 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

294EXO4introkap50

Exodus 04 General Notes

Potential Translation Issues

Quotations

  • There is a difficult transition between 4:4 and 4:5 because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in 4:5,the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in 4:4). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahwehs instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.

Order of events

  • The order of events is not always clear. In 4:14 Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until 4:27.
  • The timing of the events in 4:18-4:27, especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.

Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in 4:22. It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 411. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

Yahwehs attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from 4:24 to 4:26 is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

  • To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporahs son (who was presumably also Moses son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
  • Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase a bridegroom of blood (ULT) is unknown.
  • Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

Study concepts in this chapter

Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahwehs doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and Gods firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaohs heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

295EXO41j4ygוַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר1if they do not believe

Here, answered and said is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered”

296EXO41b3xvfigs-quotemarksוְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

297EXO41netofigs-quotesinquotesלֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה1

This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

298EXO41327jוְ⁠הֵן֙1

This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”

299EXO4287dlwriting-participantsאֵלָ֛י⁠ו…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר1

“Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

300EXO42r3f9figs-quotemarksמ⁠זה בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

301EXO42p8sgfigs-quotemarksמַטֶּֽה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

302EXO43jgirfigs-quotemarksהַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

303EXO43zycdfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו1

Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

304EXO44g6bkוֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ1take it by the tail

“and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail”

305EXO44mqpcfigs-quotemarksשְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

306EXO44bzmpgrammar-connect-time-sequentialשְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ1

This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in verse 5 and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

307EXO44m86nוַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה1became a staff

“and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”

308EXO45l4tnfigs-quotemarksלְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב1

This continues the direct quotation from the first part of verse 4. It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

309EXO45m4fkfigs-ellipsisלְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב1

This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

310EXO459iokwriting-participantsיַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם1

These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

311EXO45oqi5writing-participantsאֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ1

This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

312EXO45jr8mאֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב1the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob

Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.

313EXO460hrefigs-quotemarksהָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

314EXO46ep52figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה1behold

This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

315EXO46pw7gfigs-simileכַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג1as white as snow

The word like (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

316EXO47kv9rfigs-quotemarksהָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

317EXO47prr9figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּה1

This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

318EXO48q9qbfigs-exclamationsוְ⁠הָיָה֙1

Yahwehs speech resumes here and continues through the end of verse 9. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

319EXO48wellfigs-personificationוְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן1

Here the signs are spoken of as if they had a voice with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

320EXO48gxlgwriting-participantsיַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…יִשְׁמְע֔וּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ1

These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

321EXO48lsb3לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ1pay attention

“they do not acknowledge… then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept… then they will accept”

322EXO49q82rwriting-participantsיַאֲמִ֡ינוּ…יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙1

These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

323EXO492hnafigs-quotemarksוְ⁠הָי֥וּ לְ⁠דָ֖ם בַּ⁠יַּבָּֽשֶׁת1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahwehs speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

324EXO410aazpfigs-quotemarksבִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ⁠י֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּ֛ם מֵ⁠אָ֥ז דַּבֶּרְ⁠ךָ אֶל־עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ כִּ֧י כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן אָנֹֽכִי1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

325EXO410t8i9בִּ֣י1

This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please”

326EXO410w12aלֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם1have never been eloquent

“I have never been an excellent speaker”

327EXO410opesאִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים1

This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly.

328EXO410pk0lfigs-merismגַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם1

This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

329EXO410wsl4figs-123personעַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ1

Moses refers to himself as Gods servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

330EXO410bv64figs-doubletכְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן1I am slow of speech and slow of tongue

These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

331EXO410zm3yfigs-metonymyלָשׁ֖וֹן1slow of tongue

Here, tongue refers to Moses ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

332EXO411xpgffigs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

333EXO411ks2mfigs-rquestionמִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒1Who is it who made mans mouth?

Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

334EXO411e1y6figs-rquestionמִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר1Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind?

Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

335EXO411uq7jfigs-rquestionהֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה1Is it not I, Yahweh?

Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

336EXO412kkr1figs-metonymyוְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ1I will be with your mouth

Here, mouth refers to Moses ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

337EXO4125dxgfigs-quotemarksתְּדַבֵּֽר1

After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

338EXO413zy9mfigs-quotemarksבִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

339EXO413brerבִּ֣י1

This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in verse 10. Alternate translation: “Please”

340EXO413s8nlשְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח1

In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahwehs commission.

341EXO4138ta6figs-synecdocheבְּ⁠יַד1

This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahwehs message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

342EXO414uy2vfigs-idiomוַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה1

This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

343EXO414ifaxwriting-participantsוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙1

“and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

344EXO414zn40figs-quotemarksבְּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙1

After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

345EXO414okkofigs-rquestionהֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י1

Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

346EXO414e0jstranslate-kinshipאָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙1

His brother Aaron was three years older than Moses (see Exodus 7:7), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

347EXO414y5edfigs-idiomדַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר1

In Hebrew, the word speak is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

348EXO4148q64הִנֵּה1

Behold is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here.

349EXO414ettpfigs-goיֹצֵ֣א1

Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

350EXO4148kn8grammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח1

Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

351EXO414ew4hfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ1he will be glad in his heart

Here, heart refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a persons thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

352EXO415u97ffigs-metaphorהַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים1put the words to say into his mouth

Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a persons mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

353EXO415q9cffigs-metonymyוְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ1I will be with your mouth

The word mouth here represents Moses and Aarons choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

354EXO415v57xfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן1with his mouth

These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

355EXO416mnspfigs-simileלְ⁠פֶ֔ה1

This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

356EXO416gn5vfigs-simileתִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים1you will be to him like me, God

The word like here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

357EXO4170h45figs-quotemarksתַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖⁠וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠אֹתֹֽת1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

358EXO4176brkfigs-explicitהַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה1

Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by this staff, he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in v. 2, and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. 34. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

359EXO418j2ixwriting-participantsיֶ֣תֶר1

Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

360EXO418cbopfigs-goוַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ1

Because the setting has shifted back to Jethros home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

361EXO418b6mftranslate-kinshipחֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ1father-in-law

This refers to the father of Moses wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husbands or wifes father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

362EXO418wlitwriting-participantsוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר1

“and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

363EXO4187zkewriting-participantsל⁠וֹ֙1

“to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

364EXO418uvqkfigs-quotemarksאֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

365EXO41867yzfigs-metonymyאַחַ֣⁠י1

“my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

366EXO418gq2gfigs-idiomוְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם1

Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

367EXO418yay3figs-explicitלֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם1

This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethros response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

368EXO418i807figs-quotemarksלֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

369EXO419wwr8grammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙1

The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahwehs instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

370EXO419aosmfigs-quotemarksלֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

371EXO419clfjהַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ1

This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST.

372EXO420fua6writing-participantsבָּנָ֗י⁠ו1

Moses second son is not introduced until 18:4 but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

373EXO420zi5mwriting-participantsוַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם1

It is clear from verse 24 and 25 that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

374EXO42047k5grammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם1

After the incident on the road in verses 24-26, Moses family is not mentioned again until 18:2 which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULTs “towards” is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

375EXO420768nfigs-explicitמַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1

The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

376EXO4207e3sfigs-explicitמַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1

The book describes this staff as the staff of God because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shamans staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

377EXO421lva8figs-quotemarksבְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙1

This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of 4:23. It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

378EXO421oajfרְאֵ֗ה1

Most translations and interpretations of the verb see take it to mean something like “see that you do.”

379EXO4210gqffigs-metaphorכָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ1

Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

380EXO421kdsbfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה1

This time while before the face of still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

381EXO421ovmagrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק1

Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

382EXO421uvohfigs-metaphorוַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ1

This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

383EXO421uudzgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם1

Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaohs heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

384EXO422ftdeכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1

This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider.

385EXO422zb2efigs-quotesinquotesכֹּ֚ה1

Thus begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of 4:23. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

386EXO422teyyfigs-quotesinquotesכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1

This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of 4:23. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

387EXO422kud7figs-quotemarksבְּנִ֥⁠י1

This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of 4:23. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

388EXO4221od0figs-metaphorבְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃1

Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

389EXO422pt4ngrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵֽל1Israel is my son

The word Israel here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like the Israelites are my children, because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaohs son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

390EXO4228oc8figs-metonymyיִשְׂרָאֵֽל1

The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

391EXO423syarfigs-quotemarksשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי1

This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

392EXO4230pc4figs-quotationsוָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן1

The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

393EXO423k7mhfigs-metaphorבְּנִ⁠י֙1you have refused to let him go

Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as my son. See what you did at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

394EXO423u825figs-pronounsוְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי…לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ1

The pronouns he and him agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])

395EXO4232g32הִנֵּה֙1

This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this”

396EXO423re11בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖1I will certainly kill your son, your firstborn

This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh.

397EXO423ubcwfigs-quotemarksבִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ1

After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses 21 and 22. If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

398EXO424sp6hwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֥י1Yahweh met Moses and tried to kill him

This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

399EXO424p820writing-participantsוַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ…הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ1

Here, it is not clear who him refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

400EXO4243xy0writing-participantsהֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ1

Here, he refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

401EXO425m1latranslate-namesצִפֹּרָ֜ה1Zipporah

This is the name of Mosess wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

402EXO425sftgwriting-participantsצִפֹּרָ֜ה1

Zipporah is introduced here as a new participant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

403EXO425a36htranslate-unknownצֹ֗ר1flint knife

This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

404EXO425nkxntranslate-unknownעָרְלַ֣ת1

Theforeskin is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

405EXO425l6srfigs-euphemismלְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו1to his feet

It is possible that the word feet may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

406EXO4253g3xfigs-quotemarksכִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

407EXO425b2t3figs-metaphorכִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י1you are a bridegroom to me by blood

The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

408EXO426ceqkgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף1

As a result of Zipporahs action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

409EXO426o4ztwriting-participantsוַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף1

“Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

410EXO4264l5uwriting-participantsמִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ1

As in 4:24 this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

411EXO426r8hjfigs-quotationsחֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים1

This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in 4:25. Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

412EXO426abmgfigs-quotemarksחֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת1

It is not clear if the quotation includes because of the circumcision or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude because of the circumcision and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

413EXO427xk6bwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר1Yahweh said to Aaron

You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

414EXO427qxpcwriting-participantsאַהֲרֹ֔ן1

Aaron is introduced as a new participant. Some languages may mark this in some way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

415EXO427221tfigs-quotemarksלֵ֛ךְ לִ⁠קְרַ֥את מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑רָ⁠ה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

416EXO427wy4nfigs-possessionבְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1at the mountain of God

See how you translated this in 3:1, consult this this note: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/01/p27s]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

417EXO427tfn2translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשַּׁק1

This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

418EXO428ad9xשְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ1

These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty.

419EXO428b429writing-participantsשְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ1he had sent him to say

The words he refers to Yahweh, and him refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses…Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

420EXO429y8o3writing-neweventוַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ1

This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the USTs “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

421EXO430bm2xfigs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם1in the sight of the people

This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

422EXO430x1v3writing-participantsהָ⁠עָֽם1

Context suggests that people refers to the leaders gathered in 4:29. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

423EXO4318n78writing-participantsהָ⁠עָ֑ם1

Context suggests that people refers to the leaders gathered in 4:29. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

424EXO431q1erפָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל1had observed the Israelites

“saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”

425EXO431g83atranslate-symactionוַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ1they bowed their heads

Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

426EXO5introkea20

Exodus 05 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

A slaves work

The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

Titles

The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary.

427EXO51q0zvwriting-neweventוְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה1

This time phrase, and afterward, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

428EXO51q9kngrammar-connect-time-sequentialוְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה1After these things happened

It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

429EXO51cudxfigs-goבָּ֚אוּ1

In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

430EXO517l1ywriting-participantsפַּרְעֹ֑ה1

Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Some languages may need to mark his reintroduction in a particular way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

431EXO513l2vfigs-quotemarksכֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

432EXO51ckmlfigs-quotemarksשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר1

This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

433EXO51lu3iכֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

434EXO51u2vtוְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ1festival for me

This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking”

435EXO52v4c1grammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר1Why should I…let Israel go?

The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

436EXO52fq6ifigs-quotemarksמִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

437EXO52lqwtמִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל1

This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses).

438EXO52wpffgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1

Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

439EXO52c653figs-metonymyבְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ1listen to his voice

This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

440EXO526xjpוְ⁠גַ֥ם1

This functions to strengthen Pharaohs statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely”

441EXO5308nywriting-participantsוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ1

It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

442EXO533li7figs-quotemarksאֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

443EXO53y9ipאֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים1God of the Hebrews

This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites God.

444EXO53kcljfigs-exclusiveעָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ1

Here, us (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

445EXO53gfs5figs-metonymyבֶ⁠חָֽרֶב1or with the sword

Here, sword represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

446EXO54cb7wfigs-quotemarksלָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

447EXO54kl1ifigs-rquestionלָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו1why are you taking the people from their work?

Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

448EXO54fiw9figs-rquestionלְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם1

This your could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

449EXO55nqbefigs-asideוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה1

It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])

450EXO55todiהֵן1

This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say.

451EXO55c53kfigs-youdualוְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם1

Here, you means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

452EXO56ar9mאֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו1

Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,”

453EXO56zd4mהַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים1taskmasters

Taskmasters were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from Exodus 1:11, but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors”

454EXO568opuשֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו1

Officers were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters.

455EXO56dxihלֵ⁠אמֹֽר1

This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm.

456EXO57k6iofigs-youdualלֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן1

This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

457EXO571pw9figs-quotemarksלֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן1

Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

458EXO57p9nxfigs-idiomכִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם1you must no longer give

This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

459EXO58izkffigs-youdualתָּשִׂ֣ימוּ1

If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

460EXO58ro25translate-unknownהַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים1

Bricks are hardened clay blocks for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

461EXO58dlzxfigs-idiomתְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙1

This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in 5:7 Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

462EXO58vd10figs-quotemarksנֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ⁠אלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1

This is a second-level direct quotation. It is a quote of Moses and Aaron. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

463EXO595nz5figs-idiomוְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר1

Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. Alternative translation: as UST or “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

464EXO510ozznwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ1

This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

465EXO510x4biנֹגְשֵׂ֤י1taskmasters

Taskmasters were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in 5:6. See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]]

466EXO5100nqnכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה1

This is the same quote form as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See 4:intro for more information.

467EXO5104joefigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה1

It might be helpful in some languages to translate thus says Pharaoh as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

468EXO510mkomfigs-quotesinquotesאֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי1

This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

469EXO5107zfpgrammar-connect-logic-contrastאֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן1

The structure of this phrase and the one that opens the next verse create a strong contrast between what I (Pharaoh) and you (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

470EXO510si2efigs-metonymyאֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי1

Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

471EXO510gb4dfigs-youdualלָ⁠כֶ֖ם1I will no longer give you

Youis plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

472EXO511ewg6grammar-connect-logic-contrastאַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ1

The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

473EXO511xe4ifigs-youdualאַתֶּ֗ם1you can find…your workload

Here, you is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

474EXO511w918figs-rpronounsאַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙1You yourselves must go

The repetition of you emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

475EXO511g5vbfigs-doublenegativesכִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר1your workload will not be reduced

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

476EXO511ucrcfigs-quotemarksכִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר1

After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

477EXO512s9dkfigs-hyperboleבְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם1throughout all the land of Egypt

This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaohs demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

478EXO512q7y7translate-unknownקַ֖שׁ1stubble

Stubble is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

479EXO513th6xוְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים1taskmasters

Taskmasters were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in Exodus 5:6.

480EXO513ikkfwriting-participantsוְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים1

The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

481EXO5138ye4figs-quotemarksכַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶם֙ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠הְי֥וֹת הַ⁠תֶּֽבֶן1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

482EXO513a5jaדְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ1

Day by day means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task”

483EXO514h4uoנֹגְשֵׂ֥י1

Taskmasters are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in Exodus 5:6.

484EXO514unbcfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1

The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

485EXO514eq22figs-rquestionמַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם1Why have you not produced all the bricks required of you…in the past?

The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

486EXO514767cfigs-quotemarksמַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

487EXO514oh6ofigs-youdualכִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם1

Here, you and your are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

488EXO514emq7figs-synecdocheכִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם1cried out

Here, you and your do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

489EXO514liz8figs-idiomכִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם1

This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in 5:7 Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

490EXO514zklgגַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם1

This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites.

491EXO515bk9hwriting-neweventוַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ1

This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

492EXO515thljfigs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ1

You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

493EXO515en1tfigs-quotemarksלָ֧⁠מָּה1

This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

494EXO515m2nzfigs-123personלַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ1

Here, the Israelite officers use the term your servants to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

495EXO516yeqlfigs-activepassiveתֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ1

The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters or Pharaoh the subject. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

496EXO516qp5jfigs-123personלַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ…עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ1

Here, the Israelite officers use the term your servants to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

497EXO516hsa6writing-participantsאֹמְרִ֥ים1they are still telling us, Make bricks!

They refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

498EXO5163xl3figs-quotemarksוּ⁠לְבֵנִ֛ים…עֲשׂ֑וּ1

Make bricks is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

499EXO516m0goוְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה1

This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows.

500EXO516xrlyfigs-activepassiveעֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים1

The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

501EXO516ff2kfigs-euphemismוְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ1

The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

502EXO516l7snוְ⁠חָטָ֥את1

“but it is the wrong-doing of”

503EXO5172vsofigs-youdualאַתֶּ֖ם…אַתֶּ֣ם1

These uses of you are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

504EXO5175t4mfigs-exclamationsנִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים1

Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

505EXO517a8o2figs-quotemarksנֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה1

Here the king is quoting another persons speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

506EXO51868axfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם1

You can translate this in active voice if needed. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

507EXO518z6wtfigs-youdualלָ⁠כֶ֑ם…תִּתֵּֽנּוּ1

This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

508EXO519x6ppgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ1

You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

509EXO519i3otfigs-quotemarksלֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ1

This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another persons speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

510EXO519l9d2figs-rpronounsאֹתָ֖⁠ם1when they were told

Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

511EXO519603uוַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר1

“knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said”

512EXO520ve3zwriting-neweventוַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙1palace

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

513EXO52060cjwriting-participantsוַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙…לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם1

Here, they and them refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

514EXO521jsbvfigs-quotemarksיֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו לָֽ⁠תֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠הָרְגֵֽ⁠נוּ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

515EXO521kv0vיֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט1

They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron.

516EXO5214loufigs-youdualעֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט1

You refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

517EXO521j3zpfigs-metaphorהִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו1you have made us offensive

The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

518EXO521d592figs-metonymyחֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם1have put a sword in their hand to kill us

Here, a sword into their hand is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

519EXO522pm0lfigs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

520EXO522g4d5figs-rquestionלָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי1Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people?

This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

521EXO523v2k2figs-metonymyבִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ1to speak to him in your name

Here, in your name indicates that Moses delivers Yahwehs message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

522EXO523fzirfigs-idiomוְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ1

In Hebrew, rescued is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

523EXO523ce6sfigs-idiomעַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

524EXO6introwe5k0

Exodus 06 General Notes

Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of Gods promises and power.

Referring to God

A name for God (Yahweh) and a title for God (El Shaddai) are mentioned in this chapter (6:2-6:3). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of peoples lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

Study concepts in this chapter

Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

“Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.

525EXO61ip5ifigs-quotemarksעַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

526EXO61lu95grammar-connect-time-sequentialעַתָּ֣ה1

This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

527EXO61ece6figs-metonymyבְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה1my strong hand

Hand is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

528EXO617wm5figs-metonymyבְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה1

It is not clear in the text whose hand is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to Gods hand (forcing Pharaohs actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaohs hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They dont refer to the same persons hand; the first refers to Gods and the second to Pharaohs. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

529EXO614m4gfigs-parallelismכִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

530EXO61sdonמֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

“from Egypt”

531EXO625m1awriting-neweventוַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו1

There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

532EXO62kctyfigs-quotemarksוַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו1

After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of verse 8. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

533EXO63l81ytranslate-transliterateבְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י1I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob

This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

534EXO63m27pfigs-activepassiveוּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם1I was not known to them

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

535EXO63e36zוּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם1

This statement is very difficult to understand as Gods name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them”

536EXO64zxvcfigs-quotationsלָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן1

This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, I will give you the land of Canaan ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

537EXO64gkkcfigs-parallelismאֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ1

These two phrases mean similar things.If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

538EXO65l3ycנַאֲקַת֙1groaning

This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering.

539EXO650l2pוָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י1

I have remembered my covenant means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise”

540EXO66rgh0grammar-connect-logic-resultלָ⁠כֵ֞ן1

God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

541EXO66yv14לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל1say to the Israelites

This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites”

542EXO66yg2dfigs-quotemarksאֲנִ֣י1

This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahwehs speech at the close of verse 8. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

543EXO66we3zfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙1

You refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

544EXO66oqnwfigs-synecdocheמִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם1

This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

545EXO66xyn4figs-metaphorבִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה1

Arm here is a figurative way of referring to Gods power, influence, and capacity for action. Outstretched means that he is using that power. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

546EXO66efx1וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים1

Here, the term judgments refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaohs stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians”

547EXO67o3lbfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם…וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם…אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם1

Here every occurrence of you refers to the Israelites.If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

548EXO6714evfigs-synecdocheמִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם1

This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at[[rc://en/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

549EXO68h9hofigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֛ם1

Here, every occurrence of you refers to the Israelites.If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

550EXO68g9rutranslate-symactionנָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י1I swore

This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

551EXO68i3vjמוֹרָשָׁ֖ה1

This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land”

552EXO68ipnmfigs-quotemarksאֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

553EXO69aaljgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה1

In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

554EXO690jc7מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ1

Here, the peoples spirit is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”

555EXO610tpw4לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר1

This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.

556EXO611pi7afigs-quotemarksבֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

557EXO611fxf2figs-quotationsוִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, You must let the sons of Israel go from your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

558EXO612rsagfigs-quotemarksהֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

559EXO612h7o0figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה1

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses attitude that is conveyed by saying he before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

560EXO612iiuiהֵ֤ן1

Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”

561EXO612k7hlfigs-rquestionהֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה1If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking?

Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

562EXO6124iulfigs-rquestionהֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה1

Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

563EXO612k3brfigs-metaphorוַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם1

This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

564EXO6139o6gוַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה1

This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, command could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus to could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh”

565EXO614hh3zwriting-backgroundאֵ֖לֶּה1

Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

566EXO614h195figs-metonymyרָאשֵׁ֣י1the heads of their fathers houses

Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

567EXO614wv89translate-namesרְאוּבֵ֜ן… יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל… חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י… רְאוּבֵֽן1Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

568EXO615c1nitranslate-namesשִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל…שִׁמְעֽוֹן1Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar, and Shaul

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

569EXO616k64htranslate-namesלֵוִי֙…גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י…לֵוִ֔י1Gershon…Merari

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

570EXO616m36ftranslate-numbersשֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת1137 years old

“one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

571EXO617alm8translate-namesגֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֖י1Amram…Uzziel

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

572EXO618gzm3translate-namesקְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְהָ֔ר וְ⁠חֶבְר֖וֹן וְ⁠עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל…קְהָ֔ת1

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

573EXO618qu41translate-numbersשָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת1133 years old

“one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

574EXO619p5sztranslate-namesמְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י1

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

575EXO620ni1ltranslate-namesעַמְרָ֜ם…יוֹכֶ֤בֶד…אַהֲרֹ֖ן…מֹשֶׁ֑ה…עַמְרָ֔ם1

These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

576EXO620mh02translate-kinshipדֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙1

This word specifically means fathers sister. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

577EXO620ti6qtranslate-numbersשֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת1137 years

“one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

578EXO621f3yrtranslate-namesיִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃1Izhar…Korah…Zichri

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

579EXO622n7cltranslate-namesעֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי1Uzziel…Mishael…Sithri

These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

580EXO623n1xhtranslate-namesאַהֲרֹ֜ן…אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע…עַמִּינָדָ֛ב…נַחְשׁ֖וֹן…נָדָב֙…אֲבִיה֔וּא…אֶלְעָזָ֖ר…אִֽיתָמָֽר1Nadab…Ithamar

These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

581EXO6247oaetranslate-namesקֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף1

These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

582EXO624i6o7translate-namesהַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי1

This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

583EXO625zvg2translate-namesוְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס1Phinehas

These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

584EXO625fck8figs-metonymyרָאשֵׁ֛י1These were the heads of the fathers houses

The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

585EXO626dqm8figs-quotemarksהֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם1

This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

586EXO626ft6ytranslate-unknownעַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם1by their groups of fighting men

The term hosts refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

587EXO627o7xpgrammar-connect-logic-goalלְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא1

This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

588EXO628xsslwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם1

This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

589EXO6297s2nfigs-quotemarksלֵּ⁠אמֹ֖ר1

Here, saying is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

590EXO629vogmfigs-quotemarksאֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

591EXO630zyqsfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה1

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before the face of Yahweh. See how you translated this in 6:12 Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

592EXO630nf3wfigs-rquestionהֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה1I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me?

Moses asks this question hoping to change Gods mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

593EXO630qvxffigs-quotemarksהֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

594EXO630y4g2הֵ֤ן1

Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”

595EXO63018l8figs-metaphorאֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם1

This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in 6:12 Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

596EXO7intror9we0

Exodus 07 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaohs men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

Pharaohs hard heart

Pharaohs heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahwehs instructions.

“Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:

  • Moses as God to Pharaoh
  • A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
  • The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
  • Up to third-level quotations
597EXO714vakfigs-quotemarksמֹשֶׁ֔ה1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of verse 5. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

598EXO71gy1tרְאֵ֛ה1

This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully”

599EXO71dn1sfigs-metaphorנְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה1I have made you like a god

This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in Exodus 4:16, see this note. Alternate translation:“I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

600EXO71z163figs-metaphorוְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ1

This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase inExodus 4:16, see this note. Alternate translation:“and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

601EXO72l44vtranslate-kinshipאָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙1

Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

602EXO72hdwofigs-quotationsוְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahwehs main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, You must let the sons of Israel go from your land”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

603EXO72204oמֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

“Egypt”

604EXO73adsqfigs-metaphorאַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1

This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 4:21, but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

605EXO73vtt1figs-doubletאֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י1many signs…many wonders

The words signs and wonders mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

606EXO74ar0lfigs-youdualאֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙1

Here, you means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

607EXO74e2kvfigs-metonymyיָדִ֖⁠י1put my hand on

The words my hand represent Gods great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

608EXO740r0rfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם1

On Egypt refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

609EXO74niluאֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙1

These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. Armies is the same word translated “hosts” in Exodus 6:26. Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”

610EXO75cg3ngrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה1

This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

611EXO75npd6figs-metonymyבִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל1reach out with my hand on

This phrase represents Gods great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

612EXO75dgucgrammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם1

The goal of Gods powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

613EXO758576figs-quotemarksמִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם1

At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in verse 1 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

614EXO76iii5figs-parallelismוַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ1

This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

615EXO77liirwriting-backgroundוּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַֽהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֖⁠ם אֶל־פַּרְעֹֽה1

This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

616EXO77g7i5translate-numbersשְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים1Aaron eighty-three years old

“eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

617EXO779ou3figs-idiomבֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה1

This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

618EXO78pwphwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה1

This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaohs army is defeated at the Red Sea. The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

619EXO78p2kfלֵ⁠אמֹֽר1

Here, saying marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.

620EXO79b0jlfigs-quotemarksכִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

621EXO79jt9zfigs-quotationsכִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין1When Pharaoh says to you, Do a miracle, then you will say to Aaron, Take your staff and throw it down before Pharaoh, so that it may become a snake.

The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

622EXO79ye9jfigs-quotemarksתְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת1

This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

623EXO79r0tpfigs-quotemarksקַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין1

This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after Pharaoh. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

624EXO79p3xhלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1

Here, saying marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.

625EXO79ms5ofigs-youdualאֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם1

These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

626EXO796hfgfigs-quotesinquotesתְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת1

This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

627EXO79s5a9קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין1

This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

628EXO79ogk9figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה1

Although before the face of still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

629EXO7104q7rfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו1

This time, while before the face of still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

630EXO7103dkqעֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו1

His servants probably refers to important advisors that would be in the kings court, and does not refer common servants.

631EXO711mqdeלַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י1

Here, magicians probably describes both wise men and sorcerers rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term.

632EXO712u6npוַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע1swallowed up

“ate up” or “devoured”

633EXO712m0kwgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם1

This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])

634EXO712prnpfigs-personificationמַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם1

It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word staff as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

635EXO713g42ffigs-metaphorוַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1Pharaohs heart was hardened

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 4:21, but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

636EXO7132fveכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1

Because Yahwehs prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST.

637EXO714d27rfigs-metaphorכָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1Pharaohs heart is hard

Yahweh speaks of Pharaohs stubborn attitude as if Pharaohs heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13, but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being heavy vs strong. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

638EXO714qiyxwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר1

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

639EXO714t79bfigs-quotemarksמֹשֶׁ֔ה1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of verse 18. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

640EXO715ecbyהִנֵּה֙1

This is used to draw attention to information that follows.

641EXO715c5npיֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה1when he goes out to the water

There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation.

642EXO716yqp7וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו1Say to him

“Say to Pharaoh”

643EXO716i4ytfigs-quotemarksיְהוָ֞ה1

This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

644EXO716uvxefigs-possessionאֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙1

Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

645EXO716d16qfigs-quotesinquotesשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה1

This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

646EXO716cwoxוְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה1

Behold is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated.

647EXO717j1evכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1strike the water

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

648EXO717mywjfigs-quotesinquotesבְּ⁠זֹ֣את1

This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before Behold, in which case, in the rest of the quote I refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

649EXO717jjm3הִנֵּ֨ה1

Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this”

650EXO718bsjngrammar-connect-logic-resultוּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר1

The river will stink will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

651EXO718nx0qgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר1

In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

652EXO718350ifigs-rpronounsוְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם1

Here, themselves refers back to the subject (the Egyptians) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

653EXO718grwhfigs-quotemarksמִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahwehs commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

654EXO719jimafigs-quotemarksאֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם וְ⁠הָ֤יָה דָם֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

655EXO7199o1qfigs-quotemarksקַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם1

This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

656EXO719ysi7figs-merismעַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם1

This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

657EXO719wxp2בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ1throughout all

“in every part of”

658EXO719msxpfigs-possessionוּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים1

This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

659EXO720zy18figs-explicitבַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר1in the river

The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

660EXO720mj8vfigs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו1

This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

661EXO7226njdtranslate-unknownחַרְטֻמֵּ֥י1

See how you translated this term in 7:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

662EXO722qdc7figs-metaphorוַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙1Pharaohs heart was hardened

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

663EXO722sbicכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1

Because Yahwehs prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in 7:13 where the same sentence appears.

664EXO723atdkfigs-idiomוְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת1

This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

665EXO724m6znfigs-hyperboleכָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם1All the Egyptians

The word all here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

666EXO72593t8writing-neweventוַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א1

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

667EXO7255ma1figs-idiomוַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים1

This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

668EXO7258auttranslate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֣ת1

“7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

669EXO8introww1y0

Exodus 08 General Notes

Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

  • the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
  • Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
  • the Israelites sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is

Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.

Special concepts in this chapter

Pharaohs hard heart

Pharaohs heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahwehs instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

670EXO81tf7bfigs-quotationsבֹּ֖א1

This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

671EXO81v6llכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

672EXO81lndcfigs-quotesinquotesכֹּ֚ה1

This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of verse 4. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

673EXO81kurefigs-quotesinquotesשַׁלַּ֥ח1

This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of verse 4. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

674EXO82s7y1figs-ellipsisלְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ1

What Pharaoh is to let go is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

675EXO82aei8הִנֵּ֣ה1

Behold is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”

676EXO835zo6figs-merismבְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ1

This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

677EXO84okokfigs-quotemarks1

Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

678EXO85wll3figs-quotemarksאֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

679EXO85ley6figs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן1

It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

680EXO855myyfigs-quotemarksנְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make Say to Aaron a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

681EXO851qzzיָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

682EXO85z19qfigs-merismעַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים1

This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in 8:6.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

683EXO86wf3afigs-explicitוַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙1

It is implied that Moses told Yahwehs instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

684EXO863t7nfigs-explicitיָד֔⁠וֹ1

It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

685EXO86j1w7figs-synecdocheוַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י1

Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

686EXO86drmgfigs-explicitוַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙1

Verse 3 has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

687EXO86rxzegrammar-collectivenounsהַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ1

There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

688EXO86j83dfigs-metaphorוַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

689EXO875yzgtranslate-unknownהַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם1

See how you translated these in 7:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

690EXO88mhn3וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן1Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron

“Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron”

691EXO88nfe3figs-explicitוַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙1

It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

692EXO88pc7efigs-quotemarksהַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

693EXO88tx3tfigs-quotationsאֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י1

In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaohs prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

694EXO88qku4grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalוַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה1

This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

695EXO89bm7xfigs-quotemarksהִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ לְ⁠מָתַ֣י׀ אַעְתִּ֣יר לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ לְ⁠הַכְרִית֙ הַֽ⁠צֲפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

696EXO89khfdfigs-ironyהִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒1

Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaohs powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])

697EXO89g0lufigs-merismלְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔…מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ1

These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

698EXO810g5e7figs-quotemarksלְ⁠מָחָ֑ר1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

699EXO810tvjofigs-quotemarksכִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔1

A direct quote begins here that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

700EXO810ofw3grammar-connect-logic-goalלְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1

This knowledge is the goal of Yahwehs granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of verse 11 after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

701EXO8108120figs-exclusiveאֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1

Here, our refers to the Israelites God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

702EXO811zwqofigs-merismמִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ1

This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

703EXO811ttyrfigs-quotemarksרַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

704EXO812jjv2שָׂ֥ם1

“Yahweh had set”

705EXO812nxyiwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן1

A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

706EXO81380eifigs-merismמִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת1

This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

707EXO814a03nחֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם1

Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were.

708EXO815lv2nfigs-metaphorוְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ1he hardened his heart

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 7:14, but note, there, that the state of Pharaohs heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

709EXO815b47hכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1just as Yahweh had said that he would do

“just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do”

710EXO8167tgcwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮1

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

711EXO816s5ghfigs-quotationsאֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

712EXO816xh9efigs-quotemarksנְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

713EXO816joxzנְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ1

This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment.

714EXO8164kyjמַטְּ⁠ךָ֔1

This is Aarons staff. See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

715EXO816w5eltranslate-unknownלְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם1

We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague (8:21-8:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

716EXO8178znoוַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ1

Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the previous verse.

717EXO817l784יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

718EXO817nhgttranslate-unknownהַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם …כִנִּ֖ים1

Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in 8:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

719EXO817grs3figs-gendernotationsבָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם1

This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

720EXO817grg5figs-hyperboleכָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ …בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

721EXO8189iqctranslate-unknownהַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם1

See how you translated these in 7:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

722EXO818ii85translate-unknownהַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים …הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם1

See how you translated this term in 8:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

723EXO818mnj5figs-gendernotationsבָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם1

This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

724EXO81922betranslate-unknownהַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּים֙1

See how you translated this term in 7:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

725EXO819lk2kfigs-synecdocheאֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא1This is the finger of God

The words “finger of God” represent the power of God. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

726EXO819z1w2figs-metaphorוַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙1Pharaohs heart was hardened

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

727EXO819rp3iwriting-participantsאֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם1

It is possible that them refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

728EXO819gjggכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1

Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST.

729EXO820j5n8וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה1stand in front of Pharaoh

“and present yourself to Pharaoh”

730EXO820frfnwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

731EXO820syv2figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה1

Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

732EXO8202g25הִנֵּ֖ה1

This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”

733EXO820uypafigs-quotationsכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1

This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of verse 23. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

734EXO820eqd2כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1Let my people go

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

735EXO820a7l7figs-quotemarksשַׁלַּ֥ח1

This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of verse 23, unless you made thus says Yahweh an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

736EXO820fgl3grammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי1

This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

737EXO821hitqהִנְ⁠נִי֩1

This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”

738EXO821hwclgrammar-collectivenounsהֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב1

This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

739EXO8212g9vtranslate-unknownהֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב1

These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

740EXO821folifigs-merismבְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה1

This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]

741EXO822mv8wgrammar-connect-logic-resultלְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב1General Information:

This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

742EXO822apumgrammar-collectivenounsעָרֹ֑ב1

This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in 8:21. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

743EXO82285hptranslate-unknownעָרֹ֑ב1

These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

744EXO822refqgrammar-connect-logic-goalלְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1

This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

745EXO822a28hאֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1

Here, am could be connecting I and Yahweh or it could be connecting I, Yahweh and in the middle of the land. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land”

746EXO8238fspfigs-abstractnounsפְדֻ֔ת1

This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

747EXO823tf4jtranslate-textvariantsפְדֻ֔ת1

Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

748EXO823u4gsעַמִּ֖⁠י1

Yahwehs people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”

749EXO823rg2cעַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ1

Pharaohs people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”

750EXO8239c85figs-quotemarksלְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃1

After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in 8:20 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

751EXO824gw3cfigs-explicitוַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן1

The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahwehs command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

752EXO824lk5swriting-neweventוַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן1

There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

753EXO824ut0ftranslate-unknownעָרֹ֣ב1

There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

754EXO824dg0ktranslate-goוַ⁠יָּבֹא֙1

Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

755EXO82497aqfigs-merismבֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו1

This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

756EXO824nd6efigs-activepassiveתִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב1the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

757EXO824nguefigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב1

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

758EXO825e7l0grammar-connect-time-simultaneousוַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א1

This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])

759EXO825ciy5figs-quotemarksלְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

760EXO825gj2wfigs-youdualלֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1

Here, your is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

761EXO826tvnjfigs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה1

After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 8:27. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

762EXO8269x8pתּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם1

We do not know what about their sacrificing was an abomination to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.

763EXO82643clfigs-exclusiveנִזְבַּ֖ח …אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ …נִזְבַּ֞ח …יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ1

Here, we, our, and us should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

764EXO826i7dyfigs-rquestionוְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ1will they not stone us?

Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

765EXO826gy7dfigs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם1right before their eyes

This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

766EXO827ju3ufigs-exclusiveנֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ1

Here, we, our, and us should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

767EXO827clc3figs-quotemarksאֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

768EXO828p3pdfigs-quotemarksאָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

769EXO828qxesfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ …אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ …תַרְחִ֖יקוּ1

If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

770EXO828mla2אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙1

“the Israelites”

771EXO828hnudfigs-idiomהַרְחֵ֥ק…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ1

In Hebrew, far is repeated to emphasize (with not) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

772EXO829kgkxfigs-quotemarksהִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠הַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠סָ֣ר הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם לִ⁠זְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

773EXO8293hwqהִנֵּ֨ה1

This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this”

774EXO829jirmtranslate-unknownהֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב1

These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

775EXO829yvclfigs-123personמִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה …פַּרְעֹה֙1

Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you ... you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

776EXO829la3zfigs-merismמִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ1

This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

777EXO829bf85figs-doublenegativesאַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

778EXO829hh4qרַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל1But you must not deal deceitfully

“But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”

779EXO83049lewriting-neweventוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה1

There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

780EXO831rj50translate-unknownהֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב1

These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

781EXO8312ifsfigs-merismמִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ1

This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

782EXO831mb4rfigs-hyperboleלֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד1

This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

783EXO832sb5lfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ1Pharaoh hardened his heart

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 8:15. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

784EXO9introhqw80

Exodus 09 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Pharaohs hard heart

Pharaohs heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahwehs instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses is not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

785EXO91se3fwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙1General Information:

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

786EXO9138fofigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of 9:4 and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

787EXO910hczfigs-quotemarksאֵלָ֗י⁠ו1

After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of 9:4 and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

788EXO91fo4ofigs-quotesinquotesוְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים1

You may want to translate the quote beginning with Thus says Yahweh as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

789EXO91w0lgכֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

790EXO91x4bdעַמִּ֖⁠י1

“the Israelites”

791EXO92l7ldfigs-parallelismכִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם1if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

792EXO93fltrהִנֵּ֨ה1

This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out”

793EXO93ume2figs-metonymyיַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙1then Yahwehs hand will be on your cattle

Here, hand represents Yahwehs power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

794EXO93cjt9figs-123personיַד־יְהוָ֜ה1

This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person the hand of Yahweh to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

795EXO93tn3zfigs-youdualבְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙1on your cattle

While the word your here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

796EXO93v8urfigs-merismבַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן1

This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]

797EXO932kqcgrammar-collectivenounsבַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר …וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן1

These (cattle and flock) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

798EXO933ud8figs-metaphorכָּבֵ֥ד1

Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

799EXO94x12rfigs-123personיְהוָ֔ה1

This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person Yahweh to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

800EXO94c9obfigs-possessionמִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם1

This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own… the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites ... the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

801EXO94lp3tfigs-metonymyיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1Israels cattle

Here, Israel refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

802EXO94u60cgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1

Here, Israel is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

803EXO94fs25figs-metonymyמִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם1Egypts cattle

Here, Egypt refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

804EXO942310דָּבָֽר1

“animal”

805EXO94xk5dמִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1

“which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”

806EXO94cbszfigs-quotemarksוְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר1

After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

807EXO95vqz2וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד1fixed a time

“And Yahweh made an appointed time”

808EXO957jofלֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר1

This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does. .

809EXO95dh4hfigs-quotemarksמָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

810EXO95pxb1figs-123personיְהוָ֛ה1

Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person Yahweh to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

811EXO961ztrfigs-explicitוַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה1

It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

812EXO96cx5ifigs-hyperboleכֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה1All the cattle of Egypt died

This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

813EXO96iccgמִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם…וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1

This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians owned … But from the livestock that the Israelites owned” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians ... But from the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

814EXO96gy7tfigs-metonymyמִצְרָ֑יִם1cattle of Egypt

Here, Egypt refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

815EXO966ewafigs-metonymyבְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1

Here, sons figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

816EXO96i0blfigs-litotesוּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד1

This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])

817EXO97md84וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה1behold

Behold is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen”

818EXO97rtnyfigs-litotesלֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד1

This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])

819EXO97kkucfigs-metonymyיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1

Here, Israel refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

820EXO97sforgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1

Here, Israel is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

821EXO97j51jfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1his heart was stubborn

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in Exodus 7:14. Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

822EXO98brm6writing-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮1kiln

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

823EXO98ik2ifigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒1

After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

824EXO98luhgfigs-youdualלָ⁠כֶם֙…חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם1

You and your refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

825EXO9851opקְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם1

“Each of you fill both your hands with”

826EXO98u5wnפִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן1

“ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace”

827EXO98gk7fgrammar-collectivenounsפִּ֖יחַ1

Here, ash is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

828EXO98gu1vהַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה1

“toward the sky”

829EXO98p795figs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה1

This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

830EXO99d2v3translate-unknownלִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת1fine

This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

831EXO99jlh0figs-gendernotationsהָ⁠אָדָ֜ם1

This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

832EXO99eyc7הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה1to break out on

“wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock”

833EXO910wdcngrammar-collectivenounsפִּ֣יחַ1

Here, ash is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

834EXO910dp3lפִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן1

“ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the previous verse.

835EXO910ufpnfigs-metonymyוַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה1

Here, before the face of means in Pharaohs presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaohs presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

836EXO910xmbwהַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה1

“toward the sky” See how you translated this in the previous verse.

837EXO910jhzbtranslate-unknownשְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ1

This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

838EXO9107q2qfigs-gendernotationsבָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם1

This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

839EXO910iftmוּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה1

“and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the previous verse.

840EXO911jrc3הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים …בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם1

See how you translated magicians in 7:11.

841EXO911dxsxfigs-metonymyלַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה1

Here, before the face of means in Moses presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

842EXO911k9uufigs-metaphorמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין1

Here, the face of means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

843EXO911lpmqtranslate-unknownהַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין…הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין1

This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in 9:9. However, this time only boils is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

844EXO912p5m5figs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heart

This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

845EXO913ifs8writing-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

846EXO913zsvlfigs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1

After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 9:19. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

847EXO913zmrtfigs-metonymyוְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה1

Here, before the face of means in Pharaohs presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaohs presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

848EXO91356cjfigs-quotationsוְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים1

After and say to him, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of 9:19. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

849EXO9139ha6כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

850EXO913zi15figs-quotemarksשַׁלַּ֥ח1

Let is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of 9:19. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

851EXO914z68bgrammar-connect-logic-resultכִּ֣י1

Here, For means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

852EXO914n6wqfigs-synecdocheאֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔1on you yourself

Here, to your heart is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

853EXO9159m72grammar-connect-condition-contraryכִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1

This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the next verse. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahwehs stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahwehs goals before his non-action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

854EXO915a3l8figs-metonymyשָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛1reached out with my hand and attacked you

Here, my hand refers to Gods power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

855EXO915hgfxfigs-metaphorוָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר1

Here, a plague is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

856EXO9167mjzgrammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃1

The statements from to show to the end of the verse are Yahwehs stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, However, for this reason I appointed you: in order in a way that connects with the previous verse in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

857EXO916nec7figs-metonymyוּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth

Here, my name represents Yahwehs reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

858EXO917h3edfigs-metaphorעוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י1lifting yourself up against my people

Pharaohs opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

859EXO917sdavfigs-rpronounsמִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל1

Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

860EXO917r1wvמִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל1

Here, you is Pharaoh.

861EXO917zfhbבְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י1

Here, my people are the Israelites.

862EXO918fnd2הִנְ⁠נִ֤י1Listen!

“Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you”

863EXO918716vכָּ⁠עֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙1

“at this time. There has never been anything like this”

864EXO9195h0ufigs-metonymyשְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה1

The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaohs servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

865EXO919eo52וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד1

“the hail will come down on”

866EXO9194329figs-gendernotationsכָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם1

Here, man means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

867EXO919itlvוְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה1

This includes domestic and wild animals.

868EXO919f80efigs-explicitוָ⁠מֵֽתוּ1

The people and animals will die because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

869EXO9195z5dfigs-quotemarksוָ⁠מֵֽתוּ1

Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

870EXO920dp8jfigs-explicitהַ⁠יָּרֵא֙1

As in some other occasions, Moses conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make explicit the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

871EXO920p3nzהַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה1

“Those of Pharaohs servants who feared Yahwehs warning”

872EXO9216gcxוַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל1

Here, set his heart means he believed or thought something was true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

873EXO922vtflwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1

A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

874EXO922zwvkיָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

875EXO922h9crfigs-gendernotationsהָ⁠אָדָ֣ם1

This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

876EXO922r0g4הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה1

This includes domestic and wild animals.

877EXO9237538מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

878EXO925vnpjfigs-merismמֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה1

This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

879EXO925ft0ofigs-gendernotationsמֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם1

This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

880EXO925apblבְּהֵמָ֑ה1

This includes domestic and wild animals.

881EXO927fu9cwriting-neweventוַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה1to summon

A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

882EXO927sh1xחָטָ֣אתִי1

Some commentators suggest translating sinned more literally, that is “missed the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure, but instead, admitting that he misjudged.

883EXO927joxyהַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק…הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים1

Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “Ive lost this round in court.” See UST.

884EXO9276p2iוְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י1

My people refers to the Egyptians.

885EXO928r0csfigs-litotesוְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד1

This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaohs statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])

886EXO929ajz3וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה1Moses said to him

“And Moses said to Pharaoh”

887EXO929b787translate-symactionאֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה1spread my hands out to Yahweh

This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

888EXO930tn94grammar-connect-condition-contraryוְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ1honor Yahweh God

This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

889EXO930srx4figs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה1

Here, face means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

890EXO931p1v8translate-unknownוְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה…וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה1flax

Flax is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

891EXO931lzartranslate-unknownאָבִ֔יב1

This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

892EXO9319xjcגִּבְעֹֽל1

“was flowering”

893EXO932jmq3translate-unknownוְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת1spelt

Spelt is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

894EXO933fa2jtranslate-symactionוַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה1spread out his hands to Yahweh

This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 9:29. Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

895EXO934ke5kfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ1hardened his heart

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 8:15. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

896EXO934nz0eוַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א1

This statement is from the authors perspective. Therefore, unlike in 9:27, sin should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.”

897EXO934ooedוַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו1

“and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”

898EXO935yxt8figs-metaphorוַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1The heart of Pharaoh was hardened

Pharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

899EXO9356cbhfigs-metaphorכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה1

This is similar to 9:12. In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someones hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses statement to Pharaoh in 9:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

900EXO10intros5g10

Exodus 10 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Pharaohs hard heart

Pharaohs heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahwehs instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

901EXO101w4pwfigs-metaphorכִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו1for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants

This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21, but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

902EXO102zg4cהִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם1various signs

“I mocked Egypt”

903EXO1032614וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of 10:6. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

904EXO1034b3aוַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים1

It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

905EXO103vze4כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

906EXO103cicffigs-metonymyעַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י1

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

907EXO104ge67הִנְ⁠נִ֨י1listen

Behold me adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware”

908EXO104uwtpgrammar-collectivenounsאַרְבֶּ֖ה1

Locust is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

909EXO105zu5rfigs-parallelismוְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ1hail

These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

910EXO105rdavוְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ1

“And it will cover the land from sight”

911EXO105oj3igrammar-collectivenounsוְ⁠כִסָּה֙…וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל…וְ⁠אָכַל֙1

Here the pronoun it agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the previous verse. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

912EXO106ir5lfigs-hyperboleעַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה1nothing ever seen

This could either mean on the earth (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

913EXO1064mnofigs-explicitוַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן1

Verse 3 says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

914EXO107xn8jfigs-rquestionעַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ1How long will this man be a menace to us?

Pharaohs servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

915EXO107jqbhfigs-gendernotationsהָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים1

Here, men may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In verse 10 the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go, and in verse 11 he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

916EXO107xdm5figs-rquestionהֲ⁠טֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם1Do you not yet realize that Egypt is destroyed?

Pharaohs servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

917EXO107c6prfigs-activepassiveכִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם1that Egypt is destroyed

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

918EXO1088ukgfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה1

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

919EXO1086733מִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י1

“Who all”

920EXO109fnnlfigs-exclusiveנֵלֵ֑ךְ…נֵלֵ֔ךְ1

We means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

921EXO1010hjc9יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם1if I ever let you go and your little ones go

May Yahweh be with you is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahwehs power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go”

922EXO1010w8x4רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם1

The phrase for evil is before your faces could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. Faces is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

923EXO1011pkm4הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙1Then Moses and Aaron were driven out from Pharaohs presence

This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders”

924EXO1011vdjkfigs-metonymyמֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה1

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

925EXO1012kchnwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1

There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

926EXO10127fa6יָדְ⁠ךָ֜1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

927EXO1012qikqgrammar-collectivenounsבָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה1

Locust is a singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

928EXO1012gzwagrammar-collectivenounsוְ⁠יַ֖עַל …וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙1

Here, the pronoun it agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in 10:5 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

929EXO1013xqszמַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

930EXO1013vee8ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙1

The wind blew from east to west.

931EXO101385bfgrammar-collectivenounsהָ⁠אַרְבֶּֽה1

See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

932EXO1014kuuugrammar-collectivenounsהָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֗ה …אַרְבֶּה֙1

See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

933EXO1015b3h5grammar-collectivenounsוַ⁠יְכַ֞ס …וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל1so that it was darkened

Here the pronoun it agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in 10:5 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

934EXO10152eo5וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָ⁠אָרֶץ֮1

See how you translated this in 10:5.

935EXO1015ill1figs-parallelismוַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַ⁠בָּרָ֑ד וְ⁠לֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּ⁠עֵ֛ץ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

936EXO1016ty9ffigs-youdualאֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם1

Here, you and your are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

937EXO1017953eשָׂ֣א1

“take away”

938EXO1017ttogאַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם…רַ֖ק1

Pharaoh could either be desperate and using just this once ... only to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in 10:10). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaohs request.

939EXO1017kd6dfigs-youdualאֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם1this time

Here, your is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

940EXO1017doegfigs-metonymyהַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה1

The word death here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

941EXO1017nn2bfigs-explicitהַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה1take this death away from me

The word death here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

942EXO1018p9hzוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א1

Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in 10:16 so some translations will need to say that they both left.

943EXO1019xhsvרֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד1

“a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west”

944EXO1019mdp5וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה1picked up the locusts

“and it moved the locusts upwards”

945EXO10192cpbgrammar-collectivenounsהָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה …אַרְבֶּ֣ה1

See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

946EXO1019q8ajgrammar-collectivenounsוַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ1

Here, the first it refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in 10:5 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]

947EXO1020dw1dfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heart

This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

948EXO1021x6xkwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

949EXO1021utyzיָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

950EXO1021m38sfigs-metaphorמִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ1darkness that may be felt

This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

951EXO1022z4geיָד֖⁠וֹ1

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

952EXO1022vbzjtranslate-numbersשְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת1

“for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

953EXO10232cqxfigs-metonymyלֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו1

This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

954EXO10237ud1figs-gendernotationsאִ֣ישׁ …אִ֥ישׁ1

Here, man refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

955EXO1023qstutranslate-numbersשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת1

“for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

956EXO10244jkpfigs-quotemarksלְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם1

This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

957EXO1024vp7bfigs-youdualלְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ … צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם …טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם …עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם1

Every instance of you and your, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

958EXO1025hnt5figs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 10:26. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

959EXO1025rsr4figs-metonymyגַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת1

The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. Give in our hands means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

960EXO1025cj78figs-metonymyזְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת1

Here, sacrifices and burnt offerings refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

961EXO1025bjy0וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1

Here, do means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God”

962EXO10257gzrfigs-exclusiveבְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ …וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ …אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1

Here, we and us refers to the Israelites (same group as the speakers) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

963EXO1026k0pifigs-exclusiveמִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ …עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ …נִקַּ֔ח …אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ …נֵדַ֗ע …נַּעֲבֹד֙ …בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ1

Here, we, our, and us each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speakers) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

964EXO1026ys4vfigs-activepassiveלֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה1

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

965EXO1026v9ucfigs-synecdocheפַּרְסָ֔ה1a hoof

Here the word hoof refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

966EXO1026uiomשָֽׁמָּ⁠ה1

The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see 3:1, especially 3:12, and 4:27) which would take three days to travel to (see 3:18 and 5:3).

967EXO1027n588figs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heart

This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

968EXO1027mv8tוְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם1he would not let them go

“and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go”

969EXO10284d1yfigs-rpronounsהִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗1

Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

970EXO1028lcz2figs-explicitתָּמֽוּת1Be careful about one thing

Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

971EXO1028te45figs-synecdocheפָּנַ֔⁠י …פָנַ֖⁠י1you see my face

Here, face refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

972EXO1029h1jffigs-idiomכֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ1You yourself have spoken

With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

973EXO1029rg18figs-synecdocheפָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ1

Here, face refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

974EXO11intropu3u0

Exodus 11 General Notes

Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.

It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaohs presence (v. 1-2). Verse 3 is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in v. 2. In verses 4-7 Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of v. 8 Moses leaves Pharaohs presence (completing the interaction from the end of ch. 10). Verse 9 may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in v. 10. Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.

Special concepts in this chapter

Pharaohs hard heart

Pharaohs heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahwehs instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

Let my people go

In the previous chapters, Moses did not ask Pharaohs permission for the Hebrew people to leave. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt.

975EXO1116qgcfigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 11:2. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

976EXO1115kttgrammar-connect-time-sequentialכְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ…יְגָרֵ֥שׁ1

These verbs (lets go and drive away) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

977EXO111iocdכָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ1

The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating.

978EXO111i87hfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם1he will let you go from here

Each occurrence of the word you in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

979EXO1122s6afigs-asideדַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב1

In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])

980EXO112t14cנָ֖א1

Here, now conveys urgency, indicating that Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later).

981EXO112nlskבְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם1

“so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening”

982EXO1120w6rכְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב1

These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry.

983EXO1124l0aוְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב1

Exodus 3:22 contains similar instructions; see how you translated there.

984EXO112jyqafigs-quotemarksזָהָֽב1

At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

985EXO113hng9figs-idiomחֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1

Here, in the eyes of the Egyptians is an idiom for the Egyptians feelings or opinion. Favor means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under Gods judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in 3:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

986EXO1131et2figs-idiomבְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם1

Here, in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in 3:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

987EXO11312gpוַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1

Exodus 3:21 contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there.

988EXO114sewbfigs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 11:8. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

989EXO114kpb5כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה1midnight

This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.

990EXO114vyvrfigs-quotemarksכֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה1

After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of 11:7. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

991EXO115hv8kבְּכוֹר֮ …מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר …בְּכ֣וֹר …בְּכ֥וֹר1All the firstborn … the firstborn of Pharaoh … the firstborn of the slave girl … the firstborn of the cattle

The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring.

992EXO115k42hfigs-merismמִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה1who sits on his throne

This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (Pharaoh, who sits on his throne) and the lowest (the slave girl who is behind the mill). Then the animals (beasts) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

993EXO115hr1xאֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם1who is behind the handmill grinding it

“who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”

994EXO116hui7figs-merismאֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף1

This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

995EXO117b60afigs-idiomלֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ1

This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

996EXO117t61ifigs-youdualתֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן1

Here, you is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

997EXO117fl78אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1

See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 9:4.

998EXO117wicmfigs-quotemarksיִשְׂרָאֵֽל1

After this phrase, the second-level direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

999EXO1189zortranslate-symactionוְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י1

This does not mean to bow for worshiping. They will bow to Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

1000EXO118l678figs-explicitוְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י1

They will bow to Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1001EXO1184b8ifigs-metaphorוְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ1

Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, as his followers. The reference to feet also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1002EXO118ria5figs-explicitוְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א1After that I will go out

This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1003EXO118awcjfigs-quotemarksאֵצֵ֑א1

After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1004EXO11876ojfigs-idiomבָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף1

This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1005EXO119xk4lfigs-quotemarksלֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1006EXO11102cqtwriting-endofstoryוּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1

This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])

1007EXO1110um4ufigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heart

This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1008EXO12introfd2f0

Exodus 12 General Notes

Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

  1. Instruction v. 1-28
    • v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
      • v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
      • v. 12-13: description of the plague
      • v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
    • v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahwehs instructions to Israelites
  2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
  3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
  4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

Special concepts in this chapter

Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

Potential translation issues:

Passover

Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in verses 34 and verses 78 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.

You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

1009EXO122z785figs-quotemarksהַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים1For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you

The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of verse 20. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1010EXO122gtgbfigs-parallelismהַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה1

These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1011EXO1238rfdfigs-youdualדַּבְּר֗וּ1

The command here is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

1012EXO122uy4wtranslate-hebrewmonthsרִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה1the first month of the year

The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])

1013EXO123nu6rfigs-quotemarksלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר בֶּ⁠עָשֹׂ֖ר1

After saying, a second level direct quotation begins which continues until the end of verse 20. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. Saying is used to mark the beginning of a quote. Many times it can be omitted in translation if the target language does not use a similar structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1014EXO123jjw0וְ⁠יִקְח֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה לְ⁠בֵית־אָבֹ֖ת שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת1

This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household”

1015EXO123d1f5שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת1

“one lamb per house”

1016EXO123qzctשֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה1

This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses lamb (a young sheep), because verse 5 specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as whatever would be most familiar of sheep or goat—preferably a word that means a young sheep or goat.

1017EXO124xzn3figs-explicitוְ⁠אִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַ⁠בַּיִת֮ מִ⁠הְיֹ֣ת מִ⁠שֶּׂה֒1If the household is too small for a lamb

This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1018EXO124067dוּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת1

This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size, or of the right size to split a lamb with.

1019EXO124fu2gfigs-gendernotationsאִ֚ישׁ1the man and his next door neighbor

This refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1020EXO126lz76בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם1twilight

This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light.

1021EXO127cjt7עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַ⁠בָּ֣תִּ֔ים1on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the houses

“on the sides and top of the way into the house”

1022EXO128uxn6מְרֹרִ֖ים1bitter herbs

These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.

1023EXO129ny3aאַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ נָ֔א1Do not eat it raw

“Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked”

1024EXO1211ks7dחֲגֻרִ֔ים1belt

Belts are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist.

1025EXO1211nzw2וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠חִפָּז֔וֹן1eat it hurriedly

“And you must eat it quickly”

1026EXO1211r789figs-explicitפֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה1It is Yahwehs Passover

Here the word it refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahwehs Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1027EXO1212sa5nfigs-abstractnounsוּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים1I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt

This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1028EXO1213tywzfigs-abstractnounsלְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית1

This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1029EXO12133912figs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙1

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1030EXO1213ox3lfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1

Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in the land of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1031EXO12144wsdוְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה1

Verses 14-20 are instructions for the Israelites future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application.

1032EXO1214usnstranslate-hebrewmonthsהַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה1

This day means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])

1033EXO1215xsb9אַ֚ךְ1

“Surely” or “Indeed”

1034EXO1215i9n3figs-metaphorוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1that person must be cut off from Israel

The metaphor cut off has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “he must be sent away” or (2) “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1035EXO121588wcfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1

The metaphor cut off has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1036EXO1215eqzugrammar-collectivenounsמִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1

Israel is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1037EXO1216bzj6figs-activepassiveוּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם1an assembly that is set apart to me

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1038EXO121663edtranslate-ordinalוּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י1

First and seventh are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month ... and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1039EXO1216l7pjfigs-activepassiveכָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם1No work will be done on these days

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1040EXO1216qr65figs-activepassiveה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם1That must be the only work that may be done by you

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1041EXO1217r3qjtranslate-unknownצִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1armed group by armed group

The term hosts refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in Exodus 6:26. Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1042EXO12187oattranslate-ordinalבָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ1

First, fourteenth, and twenty-first are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen ... until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1043EXO1218l57qtranslate-ordinalבָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ1

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1044EXO1218m475translate-hebrewmonthsבָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙1the fourteenth day in the first month

This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])

1045EXO1218uss3translate-hebrewmonthsי֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ1the twenty-first day of the month

This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])

1046EXO1219aej1figs-activepassiveשְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם1no yeast must be found in your houses

This can be stated in active form. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “no one must be able to find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1047EXO1219vy72figs-metaphorוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1must be cut off from the community of Israel

The metaphor cut off has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “that person must be sent away” or (2) “that person will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “that person must be killed” See how you translated cut off in Exodus 12:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1048EXO1219cwvsfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1

The metaphor cut off has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. They can be expressed in active form. See how you translated cut off in Exodus 12:15. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send that person away” or (2) “I will no longer consider that person to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1049EXO1220407nfigs-quotemarksמַצּֽוֹת1

After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahwehs commands to Moses and Aaron for the Israelites ends (two levels). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1050EXO1221y9qtwriting-newevent0summoned

A new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1051EXO12214hw6figs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 12:27. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1052EXO1222qwv1translate-unknownאֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב1hyssop

Hyssop is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1053EXO1222c1cfאֶל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְ⁠אֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֔ת1the top of the doorframe and the two doorposts

“on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:7.

1054EXO1222vdljfigs-gendernotationsלֹ֥א…אִ֥ישׁ1

Here, man includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1055EXO1223uu61figs-synecdocheוּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ⁠פֶּ֔תַח1pass over your door

Here the word door implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1056EXO1223onpuעַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת1

“on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:7.

1057EXO1224v7z5הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה1this event

These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.

1058EXO1224bzm0figs-youcrowdלְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ1

Here, you and your are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

1059EXO1224ch73figs-gendernotationsוּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ1

Here, sons includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1060EXO1225l8lsהָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת1this act of worship

These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.

1061EXO12269bx1figs-gendernotationsבְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם1

This refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1062EXO1226odj0figs-quotesinquotesאֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם1

After you, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

1063EXO1227qft1figs-quotemarksזֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּ֠סַח עַל־בָּתֵּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠נָגְפּ֥⁠וֹ אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1064EXO1227t779figs-explicitוְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל1He set our households free

This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1065EXO1228r5cjכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ1as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron

“everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”

1066EXO1229rvg90

The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with and so it happened, which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: firstborn is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. Night is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. Got up/get up is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both Pharaoh and the captive are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point.

1067EXO1229zm1lfigs-merismמִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה1at midnight

This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahwehs judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

1068EXO1229uj6uבְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר1all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle

In theses usages, firstborn always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 11:5.

1069EXO1229g9z1עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר1the firstborn of the person in prison

“to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison.

1070EXO1230gt4wfigs-doublenegativesכִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃1for there was not a house where there was not someone dead

This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1071EXO1231j8k5figs-youdualאַתֶּ֖ם…כְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶֽם1

Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

1072EXO1233j5u4figs-explicitכֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ מֵתִֽים1We will all die

The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1073EXO1234diw8figs-activepassiveמִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם1Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shoulders

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread- making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1074EXO1236679hfigs-idiomאֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֛ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם1

Here, in the eyes of the Egyptians is an idiom for the Egyptians feelings or opinion. Favor means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under Gods judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in 3:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1075EXO1237n1hatranslate-namesמֵ⁠רַעְמְסֵ֖ס1Rameses

Rameses was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1076EXO1237u81ltranslate-numbersכְּ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף1They numbered about 600,000 men

“about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1077EXO1239pva6figs-activepassiveכִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֗יִם1they had been driven out of Egypt

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1078EXO1240qsi5translate-numbersשְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת1430 years

“four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1079EXO1241d8yhtranslate-numbersשְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת1430 years

“four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1080EXO1241xlf4translate-unknownצִבְא֥וֹת1Yahwehs armed groups

The term hosts refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in Exodus 6:26. Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1081EXO1242w6mjלַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה שִׁמֻּרִ֛ים לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם1all the Israelites throughout their peoples generations

You could combine for all the sons of Israel to observe for Yahweh throughout their generations into one noun phrase as subject. Alternate translation: “for all the sons of Israel throughout their generations to observe for Yahweh”

1082EXO1243zwacfigs-quotemarksוְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 12:49. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1083EXO1244n9wnוְ⁠כָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ1every Israelites slave

“But any slave of an Israelite”

1084EXO12447fp2grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalוּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ אָ֖ז1

This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

1085EXO124470e8figs-yousingularוּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה1

Here you is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

1086EXO1246j242figs-activepassiveבְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל1The food must be eaten in one house

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1087EXO1246iovjfigs-youcrowdלֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא1

Here, you is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

1088EXO1248j7obgrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalוְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒1

This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner, the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

1089EXO12489dh9figs-youcrowdאִתְּ⁠ךָ֜1

Here, you is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

1090EXO1248h7k9figs-activepassiveהִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר1all his male relatives must be circumcised

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1091EXO1248n3fzgrammar-connect-logic-goalהִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ1

The sojourner will be circumcised in order to draw near to keep the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

1092EXO1248hi4zfigs-metonymyכְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ1the people who were born in the land

Here, land refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression a native of the land means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1093EXO1248f9tifigs-doublenegativesוְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ1no uncircumcised person may eat

This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1094EXO1251e3z3וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה1It came about

This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

1095EXO1251tyj3translate-unknownצִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם1by their armed groups

The term hosts refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in Exodus 6:26. Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1096EXO13introg9qi0

Exodus 13 General Notes

Structure and formatting

  1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from 12:14-20 and 24-27, with a focus on telling to Yahwehs deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
  2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

Special concepts in this chapter

  • There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

  • There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
  • Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
  • It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites.
1097EXO132de3ufigs-quotemarksקַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא1Set apart to me…every firstborn male

This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1098EXO1338jzbfigs-quotemarksאֶל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of verse 16. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1099EXO133en1sfigs-metaphorמִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים1the house of slavery

Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1100EXO133yjy5figs-metonymyבְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד1Yahwehs strong hand

Here, hand refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in Exodus 6:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1101EXO133c6eefigs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ1No bread with yeast may be eaten

This can be stated in active form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1102EXO134y1f3translate-hebrewmonthsהָ⁠אָבִֽיב1the month of Aviv

This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])

1103EXO13476uytranslate-namesהָ⁠אָבִֽיב1

Aviv is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1104EXO135x89sוְ⁠הָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ…וְ⁠עָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּֽה1you must observe this act of worship

When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:25.

1105EXO135u37lfigs-metaphorלַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙1

Here, fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1106EXO1356287אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1

The same description occurs in Exodus 3:8. See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it.

1107EXO136vwy9translate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֥ת1For seven days

“7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1108EXO136mde6translate-ordinalהַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י1

“7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1109EXO137n41mfigs-activepassiveמַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל1Bread without yeast must be eaten

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1110EXO137zm8ptranslate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֣ת1

“7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1111EXO137le33figs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ1no bread with yeast may be seen among you

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1112EXO137c9krfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר1No yeast may be seen with you

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1113EXO137dmv1בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ1within any of your borders

“inside any of the borders of your land”

1114EXO138qum9figs-quotesinquotesבַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1On that day you are to say to your children, This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.

The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

1115EXO139p21hfigs-parallelismוְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ1This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead

These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1116EXO139s7zgfigs-metaphorלְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗1a reminder for you on your hand

Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1117EXO139mru4figs-metaphorוּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ1a reminder on your forehead

Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “and like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1118EXO139b6nyfigs-metonymyלְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ1so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth

Here, in your mouth refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1119EXO139w5rmfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה1strong hand

Here, hand refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in Exodus 6:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1120EXO1310rxelfigs-merismמִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה1

“for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

1121EXO1311e886figs-metaphorוְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ1

Here, fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1122EXO1311iqh5וּ⁠נְתָנָ֖⁠הּ לָֽ⁠ךְ1when he gives the land to you

“when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you”

1123EXO1312mqgsוְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתָּ֥1

This is a deliberate word-play with Exodus 12:12 and Exodus 12:23 because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine.

1124EXO1313lwv5figs-explicitבְ⁠שֶׂ֔ה…וַ⁠עֲרַפְתּ֑⁠וֹ1Every firstborn of a donkey

You may need to make explicit that either the lamb or donkey must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1125EXO13130xw3לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה1

“you do not ransom the donkey”

1126EXO1314s8cmfigs-quotesinquotesכִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְ⁠ךָ֥ בִנְ⁠ךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר מַה־זֹּ֑את וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו1When your son asks you later, What does this mean? then you are to tell him

The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

1127EXO1314qr7qfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֗ד1strong hand

Here, hand represents Gods actions or works. See how you translated this in Exodus 6:1. Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1128EXO1314rcz7figs-metaphorמִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים1the house of slavery

Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in Exodus 13:3. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1129EXO1315fgvgfigs-metaphorכִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ⁠שַׁלְּחֵ⁠נוּ֒1

This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were hard. Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1130EXO1315atxzfigs-merismמִ⁠בְּכֹ֥ר אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּכ֣וֹר בְּהֵמָ֑ה1

This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent of the plague. Alternate translation: “whether he was a person or an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

1131EXO1316bse4figs-parallelismוְ⁠הָיָ֤ה לְ⁠אוֹת֙ עַל־יָ֣דְ⁠כָ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠טוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ1become a reminder on your hands, and a reminder on your forehead

This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 13:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1132EXO13163kt7figs-metonymyבְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד1

Here, hand represents Gods actions or works. See how you translated this in Exodus 6:1. Alternate translation: “with his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1133EXO131792x6writing-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֗י1

This marks the transition from instruction to narrative. You should mark the resumption of the narrative in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1134EXO1317pum6grammar-connect-condition-contraryוְ⁠לֹא־נָחָ֣⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים דֶּ֚רֶךְ אֶ֣רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים כִּ֥י קָר֖וֹב ה֑וּא1

The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

1135EXO1317upopgrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalפֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ⁠עָ֛ם בִּ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה1

In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

1136EXO13175vckיִנָּחֵ֥ם1

“turn back”

1137EXO1318c4twוַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים1

The meaning of this term (by fives) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army”

1138EXO1319cxykוַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ1

See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Jospehs bones.

1139EXO1319dnlpפָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛⁠י מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם1

This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this.

1140EXO13207v94מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם1

“from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham”

1141EXO1320xq5dtranslate-namesבְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם1camped at Etham

Etham was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1142EXO1321yi2pfigs-metonymyוַֽ⁠יהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֨ם1

Here, before their faces means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1143EXO1321jnv8בְּ⁠עַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙…בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ1pillar of cloud…pillar of fire

“in a cloud in the shape of a column … in a fire in the shape of a column”

1144EXO13216pzkלְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם1

“to be light for them”

1145EXO1321i7ylgrammar-connect-logic-resultאֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה1

They could travel by either day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

1146EXO1322iiujעַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה1

“the pillar of cloud by day or the pillar of fire by night”

1147EXO1322qxksfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם1

Here, from the face of the people means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1148EXO14introjq4u0

Exodus 14 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).” Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.

Special concepts in this chapter

Pharaohs hard heart

Pharaohs heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahwehs instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

Pharaohs chariots

These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Rhetorical Questions

The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

1149EXO1425f0cfigs-quotemarksדַּבֵּר֮1

This verse begins a direct quote which continues into verse 4. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1150EXO142mb4etranslate-namesפִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן1Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon

These are locations on Egypts eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1151EXO14274vgfigs-quotationsבְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן1

The portion after that could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

1152EXO142c9r8figs-youdualתַחֲנ֖וּ1You are to camp

Here, you is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

1153EXO143c81bfigs-quotationsוְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר1Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.

This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

1154EXO143tz6jfigs-personificationסָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר1The wilderness has closed in on them

Pharaoh speaks of the wilderness as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1155EXO144dv62figs-metaphorוְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮1I will harden Pharaohs heart

This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1156EXO144tw2mוְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒1he will pursue them

“and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”

1157EXO144d5x1figs-activepassiveוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה1I will get honor

If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1158EXO144a7m2figs-ellipsisוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ1

Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1159EXO144dms1figs-explicitוַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן1So the Israelites camped as they were instructed

This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1160EXO145t4cnfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם1When the king of Egypt was told

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1161EXO145it5sבָרַ֖ח1had fled

“had run away”

1162EXO145k67bfigs-metonymyוַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people

Here, heart refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1163EXO145go8ufigs-activepassiveוַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1164EXO145wljwאֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1

“against the Israelites”

1165EXO145v236figs-rquestionמַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ1What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us.

They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1166EXO1452juzfigs-quotemarksמַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ1

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1167EXO1459075grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1

This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1168EXO147ry11translate-numbersוַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת רֶ֨כֶב֙ בָּח֔וּר1He took six hundred chosen chariots

“He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1169EXO14774cgוְ⁠שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם1

The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men”

1170EXO148a1r1figs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙1Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh

This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1171EXO1483bkiבְּ⁠יָ֥ד רָמָֽה1

“boldly” or “defiantly”

1172EXO149929nכָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ1

It is unclear exactly what the groupings here are. Horses of the chariots (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and horsemen could be two groups or two references to the same group. Army could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see 15:19), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render horses of the chariots as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of v. 23). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his foot soldiers”

1173EXO149q0jowriting-pronounsאוֹתָ⁠ם֙1

“the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1174EXO149sb7xtranslate-namesפִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת…בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן1Pi Hahiroth…Baal Zephon

These are places on Egypts eastern border. See how you translated them in Exodus 14:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1175EXO1410s1xafigs-synecdocheוּ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה הִקְרִ֑יב1When Pharaoh came close

Here, Pharaoh represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1176EXO1410vyp9וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֜ם1

“and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back”

1177EXO1410qcy1וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה1they were terrified

Behold is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising.

1178EXO1411vzw5figs-rquestionהַֽ⁠מִ⁠בְּלִ֤י אֵין־קְבָרִים֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם לְקַחְתָּ֖⁠נוּ לָ⁠מ֣וּת בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר1Is it because there were no graves in Egypt, that you have taken us away to die in the wilderness?

The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1179EXO1411x4n2figs-rquestionמַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1Why have you treated us like this, bringing us out of Egypt?

The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1180EXO1412itb2figs-rquestionהֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ אֵלֶ֤י⁠ךָ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙1Is this not what we told you in Egypt?

The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1181EXO1412ix25figs-quotationsבְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם1We said to you, Leave us alone, so we can work for the Egyptians.

The portion following saying can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

1182EXO1413phy1figs-abstractnounsוּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb. Alternate translation: “and see that Yahweh will save you, he will do that for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1183EXO14135j05figs-quotemarksאֶל־הָ⁠עָם֮1

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of verse 14. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1184EXO1413rrd4לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם ע֖וֹד עַד־עוֹלָֽם1provide for you

This statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever”

1185EXO1414vcdcfigs-rpronounsיְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם1

The form Yahweh himself is reflexive, emphasizing what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

1186EXO14140r44תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּ⁠ן1

Here, silent could mean “still.” The Israelites lack of action is in contrast to Yahwehs fighting. It is not a total lack of motion or sound. Alternate translation: “you will not fight”

1187EXO1415zsgkfigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me?

After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of verse 18. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1188EXO1415a727figs-rquestionמַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑⁠י1Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me?

Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1189EXO1416stlaהָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠נְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֛1divide it in two

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding hand and staff.

1190EXO1416t3e4וּ⁠בְקָעֵ֑⁠הוּ1divide it in two

“and divide the sea into two parts”

1191EXO1417z5ubוַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י1Be aware

Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do”

1192EXO1417qd3lfigs-metaphorמְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם1I will harden the Egyptians hearts

This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1193EXO1417asz9וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם1so they will go after them

“so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”

1194EXO1417hjyhfigs-ellipsisוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו1so they will go after them

Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 4 Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1195EXO14175bbzfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה1so they will go after them

If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1196EXO1418ytnmfigs-activepassiveבְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י1so they will go after them

If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1197EXO1418cji1figs-ellipsisבְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו1so they will go after them

Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 4 Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1198EXO1419hsihfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם1so they will go after them

Here, face means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1199EXO1419ysv9grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1so they will go after them

This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1200EXO1420jyz2grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1so one side did not come near the other

This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1201EXO1420c4u5וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה1so one side did not come near the other

“and the cloud became dark and light all night”

1202EXO1421qbzpוַ⁠יֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֮ עַל־הַ⁠יָּם֒1east wind

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

1203EXO1421dfx5בְּ⁠ר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים1east wind

An east wind originates in the east and blows towards the west.

1204EXO1421f9zhfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם1the waters were divided

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1205EXO1424iz9ttranslate-unknownבְּ⁠אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר1He caused panic among the Egyptians

This is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1206EXO14241ljqמַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם…מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם1He caused panic among the Egyptians

“the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians”

1207EXO1425qdp8figs-quotemarksאָנ֨וּסָה֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֣י יְהוָ֔ה נִלְחָ֥ם לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם1Their chariot wheels were clogged

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1208EXO1425qzkwfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1Their chariot wheels were clogged

Here, the face of Israel means the presence of Israel. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1209EXO1426dfg1figs-quotemarksנְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו1Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.”

This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1210EXO1426p5dsfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו׃1Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.”

This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

1211EXO1426pw8gנְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם1Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.”

Seenoteintheintroductiontochapter8regardingthehandandstaff.

1212EXO1426d46ywriting-pronounsעַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו1Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.”

Here, his refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaohs chariots, and on Pharaohs horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1213EXO1427wn3qוַ⁠יֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֗ם1The Egyptians fled into the sea

See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.

1214EXO14271klzfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙1The Egyptians fled into the sea

Here, before the face of means “before the occurrence of.” Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1215EXO1427h64rfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם1Yahweh drove the Egyptians

Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1216EXO1428o9qofigs-litotesלֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד1Yahweh drove the Egyptians

This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])

1217EXO1430zvbegrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1out of the hand of the Egyptians

This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1218EXO1430e2lffigs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם1out of the hand of the Egyptians

Here, hand refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1219EXO1430p5zwעַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם1on the seashore

“on the land along the edge of the sea”

1220EXO1431o1ocgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל1on the seashore

This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1221EXO1431np6sfigs-metonymyאֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה1on the seashore

Here, hand refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1222EXO15introni4b0

Exodus 15 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army (Exodus 14:26-28.). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

  • A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
  • B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

  • Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
    • 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
    • 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
    • 2-3: a
    • 4-5: b
  • Section 2:
    • 6a: A
    • 6b: B
    • 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
    • 7a-10: b“you overthrow those who rise up against you…”
  • Section 3:
    • 11: A
    • 12: B
    • 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
    • 13a-17: b
  • 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

  • 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
  • 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
  • 2c-3: a
  • 4-5: b

Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

  • “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
    • The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: triumph (v1), exalt (v2), majestic (v6, v11), majesty (v7), and the mountain of [Yahwehs] possession (v17). In the last case Yahwehs people are brought to a high place with him.
    • In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in verse 7, Yahweh overthrows those who rise up against [him]. Ideas of being low are as follows: sank (v4, v10), deeps (v5), descended into the depths (v5), melted away (v15), and fall on them (v16).
  • The strength of Yahweh in verses 2, 6, and 13.
  • The effectiveness of Yahwehs hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahwehs hand (and arm) is effective in verses 6, 12, 16, and 17 but the enemys hand is ineffective despite his boasting in verse 9.
  • There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In verses 5 and 16 that is a stone, in verse 10 that is lead.
  • More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one (v5) and two (v10): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
  • In sections two and three the water (v8) and the other peoples (v16) are made still by Yahweh.
  • Section two begins and ends with majestic (v6, v10) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three (v11).
  • In section two (v9), the enemies seek to dispossess (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three (v16), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahwehs possession (or inheritance).
  • In verse 11, three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
    • Holiness occurs again in verses 13 and 16
    • Fear is vividly described in verses 14-16 (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
    • Yahweh does miracles to protect and build a home for his people
  • Verses 14-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
    • A: 14a: peoples (nations) become afraid
    • B: 14b: inhabitants of Philistia are afraid
    • C: 15a: rulers of Edom are afraid
    • C': 15b: rulers of Moab are afraid
    • B': 15c: inhabitants of Canaan are afraid
    • A': 16a: people become afraid
  • In section three, there is another parallel structure:
    • v13: you led this people => v16: your people pass by
    • v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
    • v13: you led them to the home => v17: you will bring them … [to] the place … you made
    • v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

Special concepts in this chapter

The Israelites discontent

In verse 24 the word murmur is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

Yahwehs laws

In verses 24-26, there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

1223EXO151kw29figs-explicitגָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה1he has triumphed gloriously

It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1224EXO151bpyjגָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה1he has triumphed gloriously

“he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted”

1225EXO151f6uefigs-metaphorס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם1the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea

Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1226EXO151cr5ufigs-genericnounס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ1the horse and its rider

This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])

1227EXO151ex3pוְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ1rider

Here, rider could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling.

1228EXO152pb23figs-metonymyעָזִּ֤⁠י…יָ֔הּ1Yahweh is my strength

Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1229EXO152vk6lfigs-metonymyוְ⁠זִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ1song

Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1230EXO152kbv7figs-metonymyוַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה1he has become my salvation

Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1231EXO152rgtufigs-parallelismזֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ1he has become my salvation

These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1232EXO153p1d5figs-metaphorיְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה1Yahweh is a warrior

Moses calls Yahweh a man of war because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1233EXO154pc8dfigs-parallelismמַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם וּ⁠מִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖י⁠ו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְ⁠יַם־סֽוּף1He has thrown Pharaohs chariots and army into the sea

These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaohs army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1234EXO154p8w6figs-metaphorמַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם1He has thrown Pharaohs chariots and army into the sea

Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaohs chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaohs chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1235EXO1555dlxfigs-parallelismתְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃1they went down into the depths like a stone

These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1236EXO155nqe4figs-simileיָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן1they went down into the depths like a stone

Just like a stone does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1237EXO1565es4figs-parallelismיְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃1Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power

These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1238EXO156x1fzfigs-metonymyיְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ1Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power

Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The right hand refers to Yahwehs power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1239EXO156p1u6figs-metonymyיְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב1your right hand, Yahweh, has shattered the enemy

Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The right hand refers to Yahwehs power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1240EXO156rmd4figs-metaphorתִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב1has shattered the enemy

Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be shattered like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1241EXO157i2x4figs-parallelismתַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ1those who rose up against you

These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (you overthrow those who rise up against you) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1242EXO157kmv4figs-abstractnounsוּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖1those who rose up against you
1243EXO157nd3tfigs-metaphorקָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ1those who rose up against you

Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1244EXO157kst4חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔1You sent out your wrath

“your wrath” or “your fury”

1245EXO157glq7figs-personificationתְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔1You sent out your wrath

Moses speaks of Yahwehs wrath (literally heat) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1246EXO157a5x7figs-metaphorיֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃1it consumed them like stubble

Moses speaks of Gods wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1247EXO157guapfigs-simileיֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ1By the blast of your nostrils

Here the enemies (or those who rise up against Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1248EXO158ic8vfigs-personificationוּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙1By the blast of your nostrils

Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1249EXO158qg9gfigs-activepassiveוּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים1By the blast of your nostrils

This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1250EXO158467efigs-parallelismנֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם1By the blast of your nostrils

These lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1251EXO158uevtfigs-metaphorבְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם1By the blast of your nostrils

The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a heart. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1252EXO159d8nkfigs-activepassiveתִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י1my desire will be satisfied on them

This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1253EXO159lu0eתּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י1my hand will destroy them

The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated dispossess could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to plunder earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahwehs possession, see verse 17 regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. Dispossess was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them”

1254EXO159sm77figs-metonymyתּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י1my hand will destroy them

Here hand is used figuratively of the Egyptians power (that is, their military strength). Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1255EXO1510yrj5figs-metaphorנָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖1But you blew with your wind

Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1256EXO1510f7d3figs-simileצָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים1sank like lead in the mighty waters

Lead is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast Gods enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1257EXO1511wq2sfigs-rquestionמִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה1Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods?

Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1258EXO1511pp57figs-rquestionמִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא1Who is like you,…doing miracles?

Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1259EXO1512cid8figs-metonymyיְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔1with your right hand

The phrase right hand represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1260EXO1512bkg2figs-metaphorנָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔1You reached out with your right hand

Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God reached out with his hand. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1261EXO1512g7bvfigs-personificationתִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ1the earth swallowed them

Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with its mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1262EXO1513cveafigs-parallelismנָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖1the earth swallowed them

These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. In your is repeated and the concepts of led and guided are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1263EXO1514qlpyfigs-parallelism0tremble

Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the introduction to chapter 15 and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1264EXO1514zi1mיִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן1tremble

This means to shake because you are afraid.

1265EXO1514uqf7figs-personificationחִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת1terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia

Moses speaks of terror as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1266EXO1515qyixfigs-personificationאֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖⁠מוֹ רָ֑עַד1terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia

Moses speaks of trembling as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1267EXO1515ya48figs-metaphorנָמֹ֕גוּ1will melt away

Moses uses the phrase, melted away, to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1268EXO1516nk67figs-doubletתִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד1Terror and dread will fall on them

Terror and dread form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1269EXO1516kbt5figs-metaphorתִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד1Terror and dread will fall on them

Terror and dread are pictured as physical objects that could fall on people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1270EXO1516t2ypfigs-metonymyבִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖1Because of your arms power

Gods arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1271EXO1516umm7figs-simileיִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן1they will become as still as a stone

Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1272EXO1517n5i5figs-explicitתְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙1You will bring them

Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1273EXO1517u26jfigs-goתְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ1You will bring them

Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than bring. Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

1274EXO1517t6wgfigs-metaphorוְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר1plant them on the mountain

Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1275EXO1517p7kbבְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔1the mountain of your inheritance

This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan.

1276EXO1517ie26figs-metaphorבְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔1of your inheritance

Moses speaks about God promising to give his people the mountain forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1277EXO1517ytz3figs-metonymyכּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי⁠ךָ׃1that your hands have built

The phrase your hands refers to Gods power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1278EXO15184t2lיְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ⁠עֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד1that your hands have built

“Yahweh reigns forever and ever”

1279EXO1520g7s6translate-namesמִרְיָ֨ם1Miriam…Aaron

Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1280EXO1520gam2translate-unknownהַ⁠תֹּ֖ף …בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים1tambourine

This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1281EXO15204f9kfigs-hyperboleוַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת1tambourine

Here, all may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

1282EXO1521f6m3figs-explicitגָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה1he has triumphed gloriously

It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in Exodus 15:1. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1283EXO1521hvu1figs-metaphorס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם1The horse and his rider he has thrown into the sea

Miriam sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. See how you translated this in Exodus 15:1. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1284EXO1522iw9ngrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵל֙1Moses led Israel

The word Israel represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1285EXO1522c7petranslate-namesמִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר1wilderness of Shur

We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1286EXO1523a9pvtranslate-namesמָרָ֔תָ⁠ה1Marah

We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1287EXO1524n64mוַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה1complained to Moses and said

Murmur is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses”

1288EXO1526l2hxfigs-123personלְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ1the voice of Yahweh your God

Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1289EXO152686p8figs-metonymyלְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ1the voice of Yahweh your God

Yahwehs voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1290EXO1526sq5xfigs-metaphorוְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה1do what is right in his eyes

The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1291EXO15264e63figs-metaphorוְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו1do what is right in his eyes

The ear represents listening and listening represents obeying. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1292EXO1526m4cnfigs-metaphorכָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ1I will put on you none of the diseases

God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1293EXO1527did8translate-namesאֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה1Elim

This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1294EXO1527p64ytranslate-numbersוְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים1seventy

“and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1295EXO16intronkd70

Exodus 16 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Complaints

After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

Prohibition against storing food

The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

Sabbath

This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Bread as food

Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Chronology

Verses 34-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

Ark of the covenant

Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in Exodus 16:34. This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1296EXO161gw67translate-namesסִ֔ין1wilderness of Sin

The word Sin here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1297EXO161h44xtranslate-hebrewmonthsבַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י1on the fifteenth day of the second month

This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])

1298EXO161u2aqtranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י1on the fifteenth day of the second month

“on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1299EXO162h938figs-hyperboleוַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל1The whole community of Israelites complained

Here, all is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

1300EXO162nx6fוַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ1complained

“And … were angry and spoke”

1301EXO163nwy6figs-hypoמִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ1If only we had died

This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])

1302EXO163g1n1figs-metonymyבְ⁠יַד־יְהוָה֙1by Yahwehs hand

The phrase the hand of Yahweh represents Yahwehs action. Alternate translation: “by Yahwehs action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1303EXO164kls5figs-metaphorמַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם1I will rain down bread from heaven for you

God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1304EXO164yew5בְּ⁠תוֹרָתִ֖⁠י1my law

“in my instruction”

1305EXO165p1f6וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְ⁠הֵכִ֖ינוּ1It will come about on the sixth day, that they

“It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare”

1306EXO165cl74translate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י1on the sixth day

“on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1307EXO165t5ilמִשְׁנֶ֔ה1twice

two times

1308EXO167zb21figs-rquestionוְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו עָלֵֽי⁠נוּ1Who are we for you to complain against us?

Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1309EXO168pn4efigs-rquestionוְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה1Who are Aaron and I?

Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1310EXO168vdr8figs-explicitוְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה לֹא־עָלֵ֥י⁠נוּ תְלֻנֹּתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כִּ֥י עַל־יְהוָֽה1Your complaints are not against us; they are against Yahweh

The people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahwehs servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1311EXO1697jpffigs-quotesinquotesוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן אֱמֹ֗ר אֶֽל־כָּל־עֲדַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל קִרְב֖וּ1Your complaints are not against us; they are against Yahweh

There are two layers of quotes here. You may want to translate one or the other as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “And Moses told Aaron to tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel, “Approach” or “And Moses told Aaron, “Tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel to approach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

1312EXO1610q4axוַ⁠יְהִ֗י1It came about

This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahwehs glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

1313EXO1610b6rpוְ⁠הִנֵּה֙1behold

The word behold here shows that the people saw something interesting.

1314EXO1613aas8וַ⁠יְהִ֣י1It came about…that

This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

1315EXO1613eu1xtranslate-unknownהַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו1quails

These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1316EXO1614k5lbtranslate-unknownכַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר1like frost

Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1317EXO1614jernfigs-simileכַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר1like frost

The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1318EXO1616gotfאִ֖ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ1omer

“according to how much each will eat”

1319EXO1616fqp9translate-bvolumeעֹ֣מֶר1omer

2 liters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])

1320EXO1616mnwyעֹ֣מֶר לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אָהֳל֖⁠וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ1omer

“take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherers tent”

1321EXO1620itjoוַ⁠יָּ֥רֻם תּוֹלָעִ֖ים1omer

“and it decayed with worms”

1322EXO1621jd5tאִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ1omer

“everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed”

1323EXO1622nrx8writing-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֣י1It came about that

This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1324EXO1622xk6xtranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֗י1on the sixth day

“on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1325EXO1622zj1uמִשְׁנֶ֔ה1twice

“two times as much”

1326EXO1622f4j9לֶ֨חֶם֙1bread

This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.

1327EXO1623wc4aשַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה1a solemn rest

“is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh”

1328EXO1624y4d9וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ1did not become foul

“And it did not smell rotten”

1329EXO1625pr1pכִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה1today is a day reserved as a Sabbath to honor Yahweh

“today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working”

1330EXO1626jv77translate-ordinalוּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֛י1but the seventh day

“but on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1331EXO1627qf14וְ⁠לֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ1they found none

“but they did not find any manna”

1332EXO1628e1vxfigs-rquestionעַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י1How long will you refuse to keep my commandments and my laws?

God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1333EXO1628q41dfigs-youcrowdמֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם1General Information:

Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word you refers to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

1334EXO1628vnq7לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י1to keep my commandments and my laws

“to obey my commandments and my laws”

1335EXO1629p22lfigs-metaphorכִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒1Yahweh has given you the Sabbath

Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1336EXO1629dt58translate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי1sixth day…two days…seventh day

“on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1337EXO1629y8wfלֶ֣חֶם1bread

This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.

1338EXO16295i2zיוֹמָ֑יִם1bread

“for 2 days”

1339EXO1631r1a5translate-unknownכְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן1coriander seed

Coriander is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1340EXO1631vrl4כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת1wafers

Wafers are very thin biscuits or crackers.

1341EXO16337lupfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה1wafers

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1342EXO1634x9vrwriting-background0wafers

Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the Covenant which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

1343EXO1634jzczfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת1wafers

Here, face figuratively represents being near the Covenant. Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1344EXO1636g8nstranslate-bvolumeוְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא1Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah

An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])

1345EXO1636a9uhtranslate-fractionוְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא1Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah

For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

1346EXO17introf12q0

Exodus 17 General Notes

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Rhetorical Questions

Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the peoples rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Naming

As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.

1347EXO171jzz5writing-neweventוַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל1wilderness of Sin

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1348EXO171h1litranslate-namesסִ֛ין1wilderness of Sin

The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in Exodus 16:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1349EXO171e7jvfigs-metonymyעַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה1wilderness of Sin

Here, mouth is a refers figuratively to Yahwehs commands (that is, what he says to do). Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1350EXO171j1fmtranslate-namesבִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים1Rephidim

Rephidim means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1351EXO172hr9bfigs-rquestionמַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה1Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh?

Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1352EXO173cz24figs-rquestionלָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא1To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?

The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1353EXO176nspcfigs-metonymyלְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ1To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?

Here, before your face means “in front of”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1354EXO177x5antranslate-namesמַסָּ֖ה1Massah

Massah is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1355EXO177hw7ytranslate-namesוַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙1Meribah

Meribah is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1356EXO177m55eאִם־אָֽיִן1Meribah

In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case.

1357EXO178nyt1writing-neweventוַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק1Rephidim

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1358EXO178hi3ugrammar-collectivenounsעֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1Rephidim

Amalek and Israel are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1359EXO178srdqwriting-participantsעֲמָלֵ֑ק1Rephidim

Amalek or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

1360EXO178rv14translate-namesבִּ⁠רְפִידִֽם1Rephidim

Rephidim was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1361EXO179iktntranslate-namesיְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙1Rephidim

This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1362EXO1790oi0writing-participantsיְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙1Rephidim

Joshua is a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. He is a major character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

1363EXO1710ca3gfigs-synecdocheוַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָֽמַר־ל⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֖ם בַּ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק1So Joshua fought Amalek

Joshua represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “And, as Moses instructed, Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1364EXO1710wy51translate-namesוְ⁠ח֔וּר1Hur

Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1365EXO1710itcxwriting-participantsוְ⁠ח֔וּר1Hur

Hur is a new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

1366EXO1711x5exfigs-synecdocheוְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְ⁠גָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק1Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to win

The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1367EXO1712hxt8figs-metonymyוִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים1hands became heavy

The author writes of Moses arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “And Moses arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1368EXO1712js2pמִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד1hands became heavy

“one on one side, and one on the other”

1369EXO1713plp3figs-metonymyלְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב1with the sword

The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1370EXO1714c5rlfigs-metaphorמָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק1I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek

God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing peoples memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1371EXO1714jm77figs-metonymyעֲמָלֵ֔ק1Amalek

This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1372EXO1714n42jfigs-metonymyמִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם1Amalek

This phrase is used to represent all people everywhere. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1373EXO1715fnegנִסִּֽ⁠י1Amalek

Banner is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon”

1374EXO1716lr14כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ1Amalek

The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: 1) Whose hand is referred to? Amaleks, Yahwehs, or Moses? 2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahwehs throne or banner? 3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah”

1375EXO1716sw1qמִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק1Amalek

This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun war as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”

1376EXO18introt8g20

Exodus 18 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Leadership lessons

Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

Possible translation difficulties

Order of events

The timing of the events in verse 2 is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethros taking Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethros taking related to his coming to meet Moses in verse 5.

Verse 11

Verse 11 is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

God and Yahweh

For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

Kinship: Father-in-law

Jethro is the father of Moses wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a womans father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

Participant reference

Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).

1377EXO181nl86translate-kinshipחֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה1Moses father-in-law

This refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a mans father-in-law than for a womans, choose the appropriate one here. Note also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

1378EXO182zw6hוַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה1took Zipporah, Moses wife

Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.

1379EXO182chy6figs-explicitאַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ1after he had sent her home

This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1380EXO183khs1וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ1and her two sons

This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words Jethro…took Zipporah in verse 2. Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.

1381EXO183k4mbtranslate-namesגֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם1Gershom

This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1382EXO184xi35translate-namesאֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר1Eliezer

This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1383EXO184z2kmfigs-metonymyמֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה1Pharaohs sword

This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaohs army. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaohs army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1384EXO185203eוּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו1where he was camped

“with his sons”

1385EXO187s5p2translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק־ל֔⁠וֹ1bowed down, and kissed him

These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

1386EXO188rkq2figs-metonymyעַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל1for Israels sake

The word Israel represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1387EXO188a1rafigs-metaphorכָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַ⁠ם1all the hardships that had come to them

Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1388EXO189wp1pfigs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם1the hand of the Egyptians

The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1389EXO1810nrv7figs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh

The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1390EXO1811kmk7כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh

Because of the matter probably refers back to Yahwehs rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did”

1391EXO1811ljj6אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh

The most natural referent for they is the gods, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to Exodus 12:12 where Yahweh declares that he is bring judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1392EXO1812voi9figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1393EXO18134plhwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1394EXO1813ano2translate-symactionוַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh

Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

1395EXO1813wzeaמִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh

“all day”

1396EXO1814bax5figs-rquestionמָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָ⁠עָ֔ם1What is this that you are doing with the people?

Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1397EXO1814b5wjfigs-rquestionמַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב1Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening?

Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone, and all the people position themselves next to you from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1398EXO1814cfd1figs-metonymyאַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ1you sit alone

The word sit here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to peoples complaints. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1399EXO1814tiqsfigs-explicitנִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ1you sit alone

The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1400EXO1818jtd2נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל1You will surely wear yourselves out

“You will surely make yourself very tired”

1401EXO1818h91bfigs-metaphorכָבֵ֤ד מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙1This burden is too heavy for you

Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1402EXO1819pug7אִיעָ֣צְ⁠ךָ֔1you advice

“I will guide you” or “I will instruct you”

1403EXO1819v8i9figs-metaphorוִ⁠יהִ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ1God will be with you

Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1404EXO1819w4r8figs-metaphorוְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים1you bring their disputes to him

Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1405EXO1820w3vffigs-metaphorוְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ1You must show them the way to walk

Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1406EXO1821p5apוְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה1Furthermore, you must choose

“As for you, search out” or “You must also search out”

1407EXO1821n936figs-metaphorוְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם1You must put them over people

Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1408EXO18218vv7writing-pronounsוְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם1You must put them over people

Here, them refers to the Israelites. Moses is placing the good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1409EXO1821d2hvtranslate-numbersשָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת1leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens

Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1410EXO1822y5n2figs-metaphorכָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ1the difficult cases they will bring to you

Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1411EXO1822vnvhוְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ1the difficult cases they will bring to you

This is a command. Alternate translation: “Make your work less” or “Lessen your work”

1412EXO1822u42pfigs-metaphorוְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ1they will carry the burden with you

Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1413EXO1823wyq4וְ⁠יָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד1endure

“then you will not wear yourself out”

1414EXO1823bt5pכָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם1endure

Here, getting to their place could mean each persons home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony”

1415EXO1825n2wsfigs-metaphorרָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם1heads over the people

Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1416EXO1825tb18figs-explicitאַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙1capable men

What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1417EXO1825iqn8translate-numbersשָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת1leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens

Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in Exodus 18:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1418EXO1826abx4וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת1judged the people in normal circumstances

“They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances”

1419EXO1826z7j4figs-metaphorאֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1The difficult cases they brought to Moses

The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1420EXO1826ve8hהַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן1the small cases

“easy case”

1421EXO19introck7e0

Exodus 19 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

“A kingdom of priests”

The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

Revealing the Law

The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

Boundaries between Yahweh and the people

Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code.

1422EXO191r5tjtranslate-hebrewmonthsבַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה1In the third month…on the same day

This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month…on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1423EXO192nk51translate-namesמֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים1Rephidim

Rephidim is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in Exodus 17:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1424EXO193kgevfigs-parallelismתֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1the house of Jacob, the people of Israel

These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect as Yahwehs statement here through verse 6 is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1425EXO194z9i6figs-youאַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם1You have seen

The word you here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1426EXO194l1dofigs-quotemarks0You have seen

A second-level direct quotation begins with this verse and continues until the middle of verse 6. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1427EXO194b7phfigs-metaphorוָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים1I carried you on eagles wings

God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1428EXO195c767figs-metonymyבְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י1my voice

Gods voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” or “to my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1429EXO195fh8eוּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑⁠י1keep my covenant

“and do what my covenant requires you to do”

1430EXO195ifv6סְגֻלָּה֙1special possession

“treasure”

1431EXO196gm9sfigs-metaphorלִ֛⁠י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים1a kingdom of priests

God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “my kingdom of people who are like priests” or “my kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1432EXO197c5tqfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים1set before them all these words

The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. Alternate translation: “And he told them all these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1433EXO1978t24figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם1set before them all these words

Face means the person. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1434EXO197zqk1כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה1all these words that Yahweh had commanded him

“all that Yahweh had commanded him”

1435EXO198ljf5figs-explicitוַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם1Moses came to report

Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report the words of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1436EXO198rwx6figs-metonymyאֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם1the peoples words

Words refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1437EXO199ih2hfigs-metonymyאֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם1the peoples words

Words refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1438EXO1910ie7yוְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתָּ֥⁠ם1you must set them apart to me

This may mean instruct the people, or it may mean Moses will have a role as well. Alternate translation: “and tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “and help them to purify themselves for me”

1439EXO1911tdg9figs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י1Be ready

Before the eyes means “so they can see.” Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1440EXO1912d48pוְ⁠הִגְבַּלְתָּ֤1set boundaries

The boundary was either a mark or some kind of barrier.

1441EXO1912hhv5figs-quotesinquotesלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם1set boundaries

A second-level direct quotation begins with watch. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in verse 13 before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

1442EXO1912xct0הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּ⁠הָ֖ר וּ⁠נְגֹ֣עַ בְּ⁠קָצֵ֑⁠הוּ1set boundaries

Here, the negative command is implied from the watch yourselves command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge”

1443EXO1912kis1figs-activepassiveכָּל־הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠הָ֖ר מ֥וֹת1Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to death

This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1444EXO1913l9akfigs-metonymyבּ֜⁠וֹ1such a person

Here, hand is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1445EXO1913k35kfigs-activepassiveסָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה1he must certainly be stoned or shot

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1446EXO1913vw19יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה1shot

This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot.

1447EXO19137ufyfigs-goיַעֲל֥וּ1shot

If you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so perhaps it would be best to say “come up,” however the people will be the ones moving so maybe it should be “go up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

1448EXO1915bw2pfigs-euphemismאַֽל־תִּגְּשׁ֖וּ אֶל־אִשָּֽׁה1do not go near your wives

This is a polite way of talking about sexual relations. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

1449EXO1915z0aqאִשָּֽׁה1do not go near your wives

This word means both “woman” and “wife.” Context dictates the correct translation. Since wife would make it a narrower command, woman was chosen here.

1450EXO1918m1b5יָרַ֥ד …יְהוָ֖ה1Yahweh descended

“Yahweh came down”

1451EXO1918a8p7figs-simileכְּ⁠עֶ֣שֶׁן הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֔ן1like the smoke of a furnace

This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1452EXO1919m8aeהוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְ⁠חָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד1grew louder and louder

“continued to become louder and louder”

1453EXO1919f5e6figs-metonymyבְ⁠קֽוֹל1in a voice

The word voice here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1454EXO1920zx5pfigs-goוַ⁠יֵּ֧רֶד…וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל1in a voice

You may need to consider your languages rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

1455EXO1921d2qmfigs-metaphorפֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ1not to break through

God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in Exodus 19:12. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1456EXO1921oht2figs-euphemismוְ⁠נָפַ֥ל1not to break through

Fall is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

1457EXO1922pq8jfigs-metaphorיִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה1not to break through

Yahwehs anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1458EXO19233duofigs-quotesinquotesבָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַגְבֵּ֥ל אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֖ר וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ1not to break through

This quoted command could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “us to set boundaries on the mountain to keep it separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

1459EXO1924w8lxלֶךְ־רֵ֔ד1get down

“go down”

1460EXO1924bk6pfigs-metaphorאַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ1break through the barrier

God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 19:21. Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1461EXO1924p1yqfigs-metaphorיִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם1break through the barrier

Yahwehs anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 19:22. Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1462EXO20introx7vt0

Exodus 20 General Notes

Structure and formatting

The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”

Special concepts in this chapter

Covenant

Yahwehs covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

Form of you

The singular form of you is used in the commandments, however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if you language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

1463EXO202qg71figs-metaphorמִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים1house of slavery

Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in Exodus 13:3. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1464EXO203r9h3לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ1You must have no other gods before me

“You must not worship any other gods besides me”

1465EXO204rkn1וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה1nor the likeness

“nor anything looking like something”

1466EXO205ka3iwriting-pronounsלָ⁠הֶ֖ם1You must not bow down to them or worship them

The word them refers to carved figures or idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1467EXO205s2iatranslate-ordinalעַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים1to the third and the fourth generation

“to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1468EXO205hx93figs-ellipsisבָּנִ֛ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים1to the third and the fourth generation

“Generation” is implied by sons. Alternate translation: “the sons down to the third and fourth generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1469EXO206u9ncfigs-abstractnounsחֶ֖סֶד1I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me

The abstract noun faithfulness can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1470EXO206oyh7figs-ellipsisלַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים1to the third and the fourth generation

“Generation” is implied by the previous verse. However, this may not be the case, therefore two notes following deal with either possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1471EXO206k52wלַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים1to the third and the fourth generation

“to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations”

1472EXO20619bmfigs-hyperboleלַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים1to the third and the fourth generation

Option 1: This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

1473EXO206yw38figs-metonymyלַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י1to thousands of those who love me

Option 2: The word thousands is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to innumerable people who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1474EXO207o96bתִשָּׂ֛א …יִשָּׂ֥א1take the name of Yahweh your God

To lift up, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name, or making a claim to him, or attempting to manipulate him, or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term.

1475EXO207t3k2לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ1take the name of Yahweh your God

“You must not use the name of Yahweh your God”

1476EXO207gcz2לַ⁠שָּׁ֑וְא …לַ⁠שָּֽׁוְא1in vain

“carelessly” or “without proper respect”

1477EXO207sl6gfigs-doublenegativesלֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙1I will not hold guiltless

This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1478EXO208kwn7לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ1set it apart

“to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me”

1479EXO209sad1מְלַאכְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ1do all your work

“your occupation” or “your livelihood”

1480EXO2010t1kyfigs-metonymyבִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶֽי⁠ךָ1within your gates

Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1481EXO2011vw1ftranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י1on the seventh day

“on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1482EXO2014wyv9לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף1You must not commit adultery

“You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse”

1483EXO2016zix8לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֵעֲ⁠ךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר1must not give false testimony

“You must not speak a false report against your neighbor”

1484EXO2017vt9tלֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד1must not covet

“You must not strongly want to have” or “You must not want to take”

1485EXO2018nm52הָ⁠הָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן1the mountain smoking

“the smoky mountain”

1486EXO2018lmt5וַ⁠יָּנֻ֔עוּ1they trembled

“they shook with fear”

1487EXO2018h53mוַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽ⁠רָחֹֽק1stood far off

“stood far away”

1488EXO2020slb8וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ1so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin

“so that you will honor him and not sin”

1489EXO2020hocwfigs-metaphorתִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin

Here, fear is spoken of as something that could be on their faces. It may mean they would have such a fear that their attitude could be seen on their faces. Alternate translation: “reverence for him will show on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1490EXO2021lts1וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ1Moses approached

“and Moses went closer to”

1491EXO2022ayomfigs-quotemarksאַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם1Moses approached

A second-level direct quotation begins here that continues until the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

1492EXO2023qm44אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב1gods of silver or gods of gold

“gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold”

1493EXO2024pf1iמִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮1earthen altar

An altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay.

1494EXO2024ge89figs-metonymyאַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י1cause my name to be honored

Here, name is a metonym for Gods being. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1495EXO2024zmc4figs-activepassiveאַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י1cause my name to be honored

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1496EXO2026qm1bfigs-explicitוְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י1You must not go up to my altar on steps

If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1497EXO2026e28yfigs-activepassiveאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו1You must not go up to my altar on steps

This could be stated in an active manner. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1498EXO2026h2qdעֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖1your nakedness

“your private parts”

1499EXO21introdnd30

Exodus 21 General Notes

This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.

Structure:

  • 1: Introduction
  • 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves
  • 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves
  • 12-17: Capital crimes
  • 18-36: Liability laws
    • 18-27: Regarding human violence
    • 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals

Translation issues in this chapter

Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (im).

Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].

Daughters sold as servants

The section from verses 7-11 may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someones wife.

Ransom payment

In verse 30 a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear.

1500EXO211xxf40you must set before them

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters.

1501EXO211hhf7תָּשִׂ֖ים1you must set before them

“you must give” or “you must tell”

1502EXO211ddqlfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם1you must set before them

Here, faces figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1503EXO212di5z0General Information:

Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel.

1504EXO212wj0egrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalכִּ֤י תִקְנֶה֙ עֶ֣בֶד עִבְרִ֔י1General Information:

This is the first of many hypothetical situations, introduced by “when” or if, which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the introduction to chapter 21. You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

1505EXO213ln3rfigs-explicitאִם־בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ יֵצֵ֑א1If he came by himself, he must go free by himself

What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1506EXO213pfn3בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ …בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ1by himself

“alone” or “without a wife”

1507EXO213e467אִם־בַּ֤עַל אִשָּׁה֙ ה֔וּא1if he is married

“if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man”

1508EXO215yj8xאָמֹ֤ר יֹאמַר֙1plainly says

“makes a statement”

1509EXO215jqh4לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א חָפְשִֽׁי1I will not go out free

“I do not want my master to set me free”

1510EXO216vnjkfigs-metonymyהָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים1bore his ear through

The word for God at its most literal means “great ones.” Here it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. Texts other than the standard Hebrew text support this reading. See Exodus 22:8-9 for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1511EXO216z8x1וְ⁠רָצַ֨ע … אֶת־אָזְנ⁠וֹ֙1bore his ear through

“will put a hole in his ear”

1512EXO216xpd3בַּ⁠מַּרְצֵ֔עַ1awl

a pointed tool used to make a hole

1513EXO216k6evלְ⁠עֹלָֽם1for life

“until the end of his life” or “until he dies”

1514EXO218lpqh0has designated

This verse is the first of three possible situations between a master and his female slave.

1515EXO218p8seיְעָדָ֖⁠הּ1has designated

“has chosen”

1516EXO218t2zffigs-activepassiveוְ⁠הֶפְדָּ֑⁠הּ1he must let her be bought back

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1517EXO218h7f7בְּ⁠בִגְד⁠וֹ־בָֽ⁠הּ1he has treated her deceitfully

“since he has deceived her”

1518EXO219h9ni0he has treated her deceitfully

This verse is the second of three possible situations between a master and his female slave.

1519EXO219w99zלִ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ יִֽיעָדֶ֑⁠נָּה1designates her as a wife for his son

“he decides that she is the one who will be his sons wife”

1520EXO219suz0כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַ⁠בָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠הּ1designates her as a wife for his son

“he must do to her according to the manner that daughters are customarily treated”

1521EXO2110i0xh0designates her as a wife for his son

This verse and the next are the third of three possible situations between a master and his female slave.

1522EXO2110rxk4figs-doublenegativesשְׁאֵרָ֛⁠הּ כְּסוּתָ֥⁠הּ וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ לֹ֥א יִגְרָֽע1he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights

This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1523EXO2110np9bfigs-euphemismוְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ1or her marital rights

This term only occurs here in the Bible. It probably means things that a husband must do for his wife. Most commentators believe it specifically means having sexual relations with her, possibly so that she can bear children. Alternate translation: “or her right to intimacy” or “or her childbearing rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

1524EXO2112gks4מַכֵּ֥ה אִ֛ישׁ1strikes a man

“Whoever attacks a man”

1525EXO2112su6bfigs-activepassiveמ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת1that person must surely be put to death

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1526EXO2113h4kaוַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א צָדָ֔ה1did not do it with premeditation

“but if he did not plan to do it” or “but if he did not do it on purpose”

1527EXO2113gme9figs-explicitוְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י לְ⁠ךָ֙ מָק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָנ֖וּס שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה1I will fix a place to where he can flee

The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1528EXO2114st5hבְ⁠עָרְמָ֑ה1according to a cunning plan

“after thinking carefully about it”

1529EXO2114abx6תִּקָּחֶ֖⁠נּוּ1must take him

The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor.

1530EXO2114293eלָ⁠מֽוּת1must take him

“to execute him”

1531EXO2115y3hdfigs-activepassiveוּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת1Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1532EXO2115qh2jמ֥וֹת1must surely

“must certainly”

1533EXO2116iu81figs-activepassiveמ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת1that kidnapper must be put to death

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1534EXO2117h8qffigs-activepassiveוּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת1Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1535EXO2117kvbcוּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל1Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death

The word translated acts contemptuously means the opposite of “honor” (as in the commandment to honor ones parents). Alternate translation: “Whoever acts dishonorably towards”

1536EXO2119c7rvיָק֞וּם1he recovers

“he gets better”

1537EXO211954rbוְ⁠נִקָּ֣ה1he recovers

“then … is innocent”

1538EXO2119xg6cfigs-explicitשִׁבְתּ֛⁠וֹ1the loss of his time

This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “for the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1539EXO2119ws14וְ⁠רַפֹּ֥א יְרַפֵּֽא1pay for his complete recovery

“and for his medical costs” or “and for his costs for healing”

1540EXO2120te41תַּ֣חַת יָד֑⁠וֹ1as a result of the blow

“because of the injury” or “because his master hit him”

1541EXO2120h4egfigs-activepassiveנָקֹ֖ם יִנָּקֵֽם1that man must surely be punished

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1542EXO2121r65ufigs-explicitכִּ֥י כַסְפּ֖⁠וֹ הֽוּא1for he will have suffered the loss of the servant

A common view is that the loss of the valuable property, the slave, is itself a punishment. It may be that the master loses the slave for a time and also has to pay for his healing, or it may be that the slave dies after a few days. You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” or “because he has already lost his servants work for a time and had to pay for his healing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1543EXO2122a6avוְ⁠יָצְא֣וּ יְלָדֶ֔י⁠הָ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִהְיֶ֖ה אָס֑וֹן1she miscarries

It is not clear in the passage what happens to the child. The text is simply as in the ULT. Some have taken it to mean that the child dies because of premature birth and the serious injury only relates to the woman. In this case, a fine is imposed for the loss of the child. However, the text could also mean that the child is born at least mostly safely. A fine is still imposed because of the great danger to the two lives. Then the next few verses give consequences for any injury either to mother or child.

1544EXO2122w4p3אָס֑וֹן1she miscarries

“hurt”

1545EXO2122cn4hfigs-activepassiveעָנ֣וֹשׁ יֵעָנֵ֗שׁ1the guilty man must surely be fined

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1546EXO2122v5yeבִּ⁠פְלִלִֽים1as the judges determine

“what the judges decide”

1547EXO21232utffigs-explicitוְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ה נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ1as the judges determine

This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “you must take the killers life for the murdered persons life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1548EXO2124c5bqfigs-explicitעַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן1an eye for an eye

This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “the strikers eye for the injured persons eye” (and etc throughout this and the next verse) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1549EXO2126i8cgאִ֜ישׁ1If a man

Here, man refers to the owner of a slave.

1550EXO2126bmc1תַּ֥חַת1in compensation

“as payment for”

1551EXO2128sp6wיִגַּ֨ח שׁ֥וֹר1an ox gores

“an ox injures with its horns”

1552EXO2128qk3ufigs-activepassiveסָק֨וֹל יִסָּקֵ֜ל הַ⁠שּׁ֗וֹר1the ox must surely be stoned

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1553EXO2128q2gvfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹ֤א יֵאָכֵל֙ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ1its flesh must not be eaten

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1554EXO21293h5dfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙1its owner also must be put to death

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and someone warned its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1555EXO2129x2y0figs-explicitוְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙1its owner also must be put to death

The content of the warning could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and its owner was warned that it gores” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1556EXO2129nzn1figs-activepassiveוְ⁠גַם־בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו יוּמָֽת1its owner also must be put to death

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1557EXO2130t5rsfigs-explicitאִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו1If a payment is required for his life

The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the oxs owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead persons family, that is one option. Another is that the judges will impose it. One of these can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1558EXO21305a0vfigs-activepassiveאִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו…יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו1If a payment is required for his life

These statements can be made active rather than passive. However, you must make a decision regarding who is imposing the ransom, or use an unspecified pronoun if that is possible in your language (this second option would not make sense in English). Alternate translation: “If the judges impose a ransom on him … they impose on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1559EXO2131kg25יִגָּ֖ח …יִגָּ֑ח1has gored

“it injures with its horns … it injures with its horns”

1560EXO2131to8kwriting-pronounsלּֽ⁠וֹ1has gored

Here, him probably refers to the oxs owner. Alternate translation: “to the owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1561EXO2132qzv3translate-bmoneyכֶּ֣סֶף׀ שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֗ים1thirty shekels of silver

A shekel weighed 11 grams. Alternate translation: “330 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])

1562EXO2132qy0gfigs-explicitאִם־עֶ֛בֶד יִגַּ֥ח הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר1thirty shekels of silver

Because they are to kill the ox, the slave must have died. You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “If an ox kills a male servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1563EXO2132wm9afigs-activepassiveוְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר יִסָּקֵֽל1the ox must be stoned

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1564EXO2133fd4pיִפְתַּ֨ח…בּ֗וֹר1opens a pit

“uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground”

1565EXO2134b48afigs-explicitכֶּ֖סֶף יָשִׁ֣יב לִ⁠בְעָלָ֑י⁠ו1repay the loss

The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “he must pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1566EXO2134ip1nיְשַׁלֵּ֔ם1repay the loss

“must make restitution”

1567EXO2134j8qzfigs-explicitוְ⁠הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽ⁠וֹ1will become his

The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1568EXO2135z9ugוְ⁠חָצ֣וּ אֶת־כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ1divide its price

“and divide the money” or “and divide the money they receive”

1569EXO2136fkx2figs-activepassiveא֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע1if it was known

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1570EXO2136v64bנַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִ⁠תְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם1a habit of goring in time past

“had gored other animals before”

1571EXO2136ix8hfigs-explicitוְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו1its owner has not kept it in

This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hit other animals. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1572EXO2136dcv2figs-explicitשַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שּׁ֔וֹר1he must surely pay ox for ox

The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1573EXO22introf9vb0

Exodus 22 General Notes

Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. Any attempt to outline structure would have almost as many sections as there are verses.

Translation issues in this chapter

Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (im).

Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].

1574EXO221syx50General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.

1575EXO221onm0grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalכִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ1General Information:

This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or if, which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the introduction. You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])

1576EXO221bc03translate-numbersחֲמִשָּׁ֣ה …וְ⁠אַרְבַּע1General Information:

5 … 4 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1577EXO222mt43figs-activepassiveאִם־בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב1If a thief is found

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1578EXO222e98xבַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת1breaking in

“while using force to come into a house”

1579EXO222gt5ffigs-activepassiveוְ⁠הֻכָּ֣ה וָ⁠מֵ֑ת1if he is struck so that he dies

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1580EXO222fq57אֵ֥ין ל֖⁠וֹ דָּמִֽים1no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account

“no one will be guilty of murdering him”

1581EXO223vym5אִם־זָרְחָ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עָלָ֖י⁠ו1if the sun has risen before he breaks in

“if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise”

1582EXO223c5ylfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִמְכַּ֖ר בִּ⁠גְנֵבָתֽ⁠וֹ1he must be sold for his theft

This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1583EXO224k926figs-activepassiveאִֽם־הִמָּצֵא֩ תִמָּצֵ֨א בְ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ הַ⁠גְּנֵבָ֗ה…חַיִּ֑ים1If the stolen animal is found alive in his possession

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1584EXO224g5kgשְׁנַ֖יִם יְשַׁלֵּֽם1pay back double

The meaning of compensate double is not entirely clear. Most interpretations follow the UST, that is, two animals total must be given, the stolen one and one more. Some interpret double to mean the thief must pay two animals for every animal that he took, so three total. It would be best to leave double as ambiguous as possible. Alternate translation: “he must compensate twice what he stole”

1585EXO225j24tיַבְעֶר…וּ⁠בִעֵ֖ר1If a man grazes his livestock

“causes to eat plants … and it eats plants”

1586EXO225nlxcgrammar-collectivenounsבְּעִיר֔וֹ1If a man grazes his livestock

Livestock is a collective singular noun that could refer to cows, goats, sheep, or basically any domesticated animals. In some languages you will need to translate it as a plural. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1587EXO225jrb3יְשַׁלֵּֽם1he must make restitution

“he must pay back the owner of that field”

1588EXO226x6ajfigs-activepassiveכִּֽי־תֵצֵ֨א אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ וְ⁠נֶאֱכַ֣ל1If a fire breaks out and spreads in thorns

Breaks out and consumes can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns and it consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1589EXO226i4maוּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙1spreads in thorns

“and moves along the ground through dry plants”

1590EXO226u1patranslate-unknownגָּדִ֔ישׁ1stacked grain

This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. Alternate translation: “bundled grain” or “harvested grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1591EXO226r2cftranslate-unknownהַ⁠קָּמָ֖ה1standing grain

This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “the grain still in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1592EXO227jw3vלִ⁠שְׁמֹ֔ר1for safe keeping

“to watch over it” or “to keep it safe”

1593EXO227na9hfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠גֻנַּ֖ב1if it is stolen

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1594EXO227x2shfigs-activepassiveאִם־יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב1if the thief is found

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1595EXO228lwg5figs-activepassiveאִם־לֹ֤א יִמָּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גַּנָּ֔ב וְ⁠נִקְרַ֥ב בַּֽעַל־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת אֶל־הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים1come before the judges to see whether

You may need to translate these in an active voice if your language does not use passive in this way. Alternate translation: “If no one finds the thief, bring the owner of the house to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1596EXO228c812figs-metonymyהָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים1come before the judges to see whether

The word for God at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the next verse it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See Exodus 21:6 for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1597EXO228f774figs-metonymyשָׁלַ֛ח יָד֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ1has put his own hand on his neighbors property

This is an idiom. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “he has stolen his neighbors property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) revisit

1598EXO229p7abדְּבַר…דְּבַר1

“dispute”

1599EXO229fgz1כִּי־ה֣וּא זֶ֔ה1the claim of both parties must come before the judges

“This is mine” or “This is my missing property”

1600EXO229m31kfigs-metonymyהָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים …אֱלֹהִ֔ים1the claim of both parties must come before the judges

The word for God at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the previous verse it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See Exodus 21:6 for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1601EXO22109rutfigs-activepassiveנִשְׁבַּ֥ר אוֹ־נִשְׁבָּ֖ה1the claim of both parties must come before the judges

These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1602EXO2210hzowנִשְׁבָּ֖ה1the claim of both parties must come before the judges

This means something more like a wild animal takes the ox or sheep away (to eat) than someone stealing it. See verse 12 for cases where the animal is stolen while in anothers care.

1603EXO2211gl7tfigs-activepassiveשְׁבֻעַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה תִּהְיֶה֙ בֵּ֣ין שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם… וְ⁠לָקַ֥ח בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו1an oath to Yahweh must be taken by them both

Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh … and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1604EXO2212yw3wfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠אִם־גָּנֹ֥ב יִגָּנֵ֖ב מֵ⁠עִמּ֑⁠וֹ1But if it was stolen from him

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1605EXO2213b313figs-activepassiveאִם־טָרֹ֥ף יִטָּרֵ֖ף1If an animal was torn in pieces

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1606EXO2214h8ywשַׁלֵּ֥ם יְשַׁלֵּֽם1must surely make restitution

“must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal”

1607EXO2214wu3ufigs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ר אוֹ־מֵ֑ת1must surely make restitution

These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1608EXO2215g3zwfigs-activepassiveאִם־שָׂכִ֣יר1if the animal was hired

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1609EXO2215r792figs-explicitבָּ֖א בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ1it will be paid for by its hiring fee

The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1610EXO2215f9w9בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ1hiring fee

“for its rental fee” or “for the money paid to rent the animal”

1611EXO2216a8s8וְ⁠כִֽי־יְפַתֶּ֣ה אִ֗ישׁ בְּתוּלָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה1a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged

“a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him”

1612EXO2216th2mלֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה1not engaged

“not promised to be married”

1613EXO2216g24hfigs-euphemismוְ⁠שָׁכַ֣ב1if he lies with her

Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

1614EXO2216x33yמָהֹ֛ר יִמְהָרֶ֥⁠נָּה1bride wealth

The bride price was money paid to the family to compensate for the loss of their daughter.

1615EXO2217y2xzwriting-pronounsל֑⁠וֹ…יִשְׁקֹ֔ל1him, he

These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1616EXO2219y3qyfigs-euphemismכָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה1Whoever lies with an animal

This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

1617EXO2219b807figs-activepassiveכָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת1Whoever lies with an animal

Be put to death can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute whoever lies with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1618EXO2220n4nhfigs-activepassiveיָֽחֳרָ֑ם …לְ⁠בַדּֽ⁠וֹ1Yahweh must be completely destroyed

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “alone, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1619EXO2221kr35לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה1wrong a foreigner

“You must not mistreat a foreigner” or “You must not cheat a foreigner”

1620EXO2221eoa5figs-explicitכִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1wrong a foreigner

The Israelites are called to remember their previous condition, that they lived as foreign guests in Egypt. They came first to avoid the famine in Jacob and Josephs time and were dependent on the Egyptian hospitality. Later they were wronged and oppressed and they are not to do that to those who sojourn with them. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for you were wronged and oppressed as sojourners in the land of Egypt” or “for you also depended on hospitality while you lived as sojourners in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1621EXO2222djh3figs-doublenegativesכָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּ⁠ן׃1You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1622EXO2222v3i8אַלְמָנָ֥ה1widow

“woman whose husband has died”

1623EXO2222l2ihוְ⁠יָת֖וֹם1fatherless child

“or child with no parents”

1624EXO2224zszzfigs-idiomוְ⁠חָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔⁠י1fatherless child

This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1625EXO2224sx9hfigs-metonymyבֶּ⁠חָ֑רֶב1I will kill you with the sword

To be killed with the sword is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1626EXO2225v5jeכְּ⁠נֹשֶׁ֑ה1a moneylender

“like one who lends money”

1627EXO2225g3ryלֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּ⁠ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו נֶֽשֶׁךְ1charge him interest

“you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan”

1628EXO2227wi2mכְסוּתוֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠הּ1only covering

“is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm”

1629EXO2227x7zbfigs-rquestionבַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה יִשְׁכָּ֔ב1What else can he sleep in?

This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1630EXO2228eel2אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֹ֣א תְקַלֵּ֑ל1You must not blaspheme me, God

“Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God”

1631EXO2228tdj6וְ⁠נָשִׂ֥יא בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר1nor curse a ruler

“and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler”

1632EXO2229p8nkfigs-doublenegativesלֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר1You must not hold back offerings

This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1633EXO2230j345translate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֤ת1For seven days

This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1634EXO2230m4wqtranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֖י1the eighth day

This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “on day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1635EXO23introhk5t0

Exodus 23 General Notes

Structure

This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths (verses 10-12) and Festivals (verses 14-19). At verse 20 Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.

Special concepts in this chapter

Celebrations of feasts and festivals

The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.

1636EXO231we1y0General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.

1637EXO231eeocfigs-abstractnounsלֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא1dishonest witness

This could be translated differently to avoid the abstract nouns report and emptiness. Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1638EXO2310qjmfigs-idiomאַל־תָּ֤שֶׁת יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ עִם־רָשָׁ֔ע1dishonest witness

Here, to put your hand with the wicked means to support the lies that he is telling in order to harm someone else. The image is of putting out your hand to help him, to make him stronger than he would be on his own. Alternate translation: “You must not assist the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1639EXO231l4xrשֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא1General Information:

“a false testimony”

1640EXO231y1a3figs-metonymyעֵ֥ד חָמָֽס1dishonest witness

Here, violence can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1641EXO232nqz9וְ⁠לֹא־תַעֲנֶ֣ה1nor may you bear witness

“and you also must not speak”

1642EXO232z6ejfigs-metaphorלֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה אַחֲרֵֽי־רַבִּ֖ים לְ⁠רָעֹ֑ת1siding with the crowd

This is a metaphor that describes ones agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked behind that group. Alternate translation: “You must not do the evil that the crowd wants” or “You must not agree with the majority for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1643EXO232nuagfigs-ellipsisלִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת1siding with the crowd

“From justice” is omitted but should be understood. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1644EXO232tnv2לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת1pervert justice

This means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice”

1645EXO236z2alלֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ1Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit

“Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters”

1646EXO236vh76בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ1lawsuit

Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides.

1647EXO237ljdwfigs-metaphorמִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק1I will not acquit the wicked

Here, distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1648EXO237c6xlfigs-doubletוְ⁠נָקִ֤י וְ⁠צַדִּיק֙1I will not acquit the wicked

These two terms mean very similar things, both of which contrast with “the wicked” later in the verse. Alternate translation: “person who has not done anything wrong or the person who always does what is right” or “person who does right and not wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1649EXO237mf4wלֹא־אַצְדִּ֖יק רָשָֽׁע1I will not acquit the wicked

“I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say that a wicked person is innocent”

1650EXO238gh3vfigs-personificationכִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים1bribe blinds…perverts

Here a “bribe” is described as if it could take action itself that negatively affects justice. Alternate translation: “for if you do, an evil person can give money to blind the clear-sighted and to pervert the words of the righteous ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1651EXO238ai37figs-metaphorכִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים1bribe blinds…perverts

To blind the clear-sighted is a metaphor that means causing those who know what is right to act like they do not. And pervert the words of the righteous could mean causing those who would speak the truth (in court) to lie or causing the judge to give an evil judgement or causing those listening to the words of the righteous to choose to act as if they had heard something different. Alternate translation: “for a bribe causes those who understand the right thing to do not to do it and causes good men to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1652EXO239mzu9אֶת־נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠גֵּ֔ר1the life of a foreigner

“the feelings of the foreigner”

1653EXO2310rt7hתְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ1its produce

“the food its plants produce”

1654EXO23106yd4translate-numbersוְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ1its produce

“And 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1655EXO2311waxptranslate-ordinalוְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֞ת1unplowed

“And the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1656EXO2311b5q6translate-unknownתִּשְׁמְטֶ֣⁠נָּה וּ⁠נְטַשְׁתָּ֗⁠הּ1fallow

This means to leave the land fallow, that is, in its natural state, not used for to grow food, unplowed, unplanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1657EXO2311s4wvfigs-explicitוְ⁠אָֽכְלוּ֙ אֶבְיֹנֵ֣י עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ1so that the poor among your people may eat

The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1658EXO2312ij92שֽׁוֹרְ⁠ךָ֙ וַ⁠חֲמֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ1your ox and your donkey

“your work animals”

1659EXO2312tajktranslate-numbersשֵׁ֤שֶׁת1any foreigner may rest and be refreshed

“6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1660EXO2312u07qtranslate-ordinalהַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י1any foreigner may rest and be refreshed

“the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1661EXO2312gpu1figs-activepassiveוְ⁠יִנָּפֵ֥שׁ בֶּן־אֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠הַ⁠גֵּֽר1any foreigner may rest and be refreshed

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and the son of your female slave and the sojourner may refresh himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1662EXO2313ldn8תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ1Pay attention to

“Do” or “Obey”

1663EXO2313va2jfigs-parallelismוְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ1mention the names of other gods

These two instructions mean almost the same thing. It may be more clear to combine them in some languages. Alternate translation: “Be sure never to speak the names of other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1664EXO2313x5tffigs-metonymyוְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ1mention the names of other gods

This probably means praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1665EXO2313apnwfigs-metonymyלֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ1mention the names of other gods

To be on your mouth means to speak. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1666EXO2313s86pfigs-activepassiveלֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ1mention the names of other gods

You could translate this in an active manner. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1667EXO2314ezghtranslate-numbersשָׁלֹ֣שׁ1mention the names of other gods

“3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1668EXO2315bu7ntranslate-hebrewmonthsהָֽ⁠אָבִ֔יב1Aviv

This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in Exodus 13:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1669EXO2315i88ntranslate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֣ת1Aviv

“7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1670EXO2315tx1vfigs-doublenegativesוְ⁠לֹא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖⁠י רֵיקָֽם1not appear before me empty-handed

Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1671EXO2316pnx4וְ⁠חַ֤ג הָֽ⁠אָסִף֙1Festival of Ingathering

This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. Alternate translation: “And the Festival of the Ingathering”

1672EXO2317t5xjfigs-metonymyיֵרָאֶה֙1All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh

Here to appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh means to gather to worship. To the face is a metonym for Yahwehs presence, referring to worship. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1673EXO2320bssxfigs-metonymyלְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ1

This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1674EXO2321mpfyfigs-metonymyהִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו1Be attentive to him

This means to respect him. From his face refers to his person. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1675EXO2321pm7xfigs-activepassiveהִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו1Be attentive to him

You could state this in an active manner. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1676EXO2321p5y3grammar-connect-logic-resultאַל־תַּמֵּ֣ר בּ֑⁠וֹ כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יִשָּׂא֙ לְ⁠פִשְׁעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם כִּ֥י שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ׃1Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon

There are two reasons given for the instruction do not cause bitterness in him. They are chained together such that you could say: “Because my name is within him, he will not forgive your transgressions, therefore do not cause bitterness in him.” The relation of the name and forgiveness is not explicit. Alternate translation: “If you provoke him, he will not pardon your sins for my name is within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

1677EXO2321p4jvfigs-metonymyשְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ1My name is on him

Here name refers to Gods authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1678EXO2321gt76figs-metonymyוּ⁠שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹל֖⁠וֹ1If you indeed obey his voice

Here, voice represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1679EXO2322z1gnfigs-metonymyאִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ1If you indeed obey his voice

Here, voice represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1680EXO2322y9bmfigs-parallelismוְ⁠אָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠צַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽי⁠ךָ1an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries

These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: see UST(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1681EXO23230drefigs-metonymyלְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒1

This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1682EXO2324a1d5figs-explicitוְ⁠לֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּ⁠מַֽעֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֑ם1You must not…do as they do

The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not…live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1683EXO2325t3irfigs-merismוּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ אֶֽת־לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֶת־מֵימֶ֑י⁠ךָ1he will bless your bread and water

This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

1684EXO2325ydl4figs-123personוּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ1he will bless…I will remove

Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1685EXO2326q4gzfigs-doublenegativesלֹ֥א תִהְיֶ֛ה מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה וַ⁠עֲקָרָ֖ה1No woman will be barren or will miscarry her young in your land

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1686EXO2326i1r9מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה1miscarry

to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly

1687EXO2326geqgfigs-idiomאֶת־מִסְפַּ֥ר יָמֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֲמַלֵּֽא1miscarry

This is an idiom that means to live a long time. Alternate translation: “I will give you a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1688EXO2327yps8figs-metonymyלְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ1miscarry

This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1689EXO2327q901figs-idiomוְ⁠נָתַתִּ֧י אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֛י⁠ךָ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ עֹֽרֶף1miscarry

This is an idiom meaning that the enemies will turn and run away (showing the Israelites the backs of their necks). Alternate translation: “and I will make all of your enemies flee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1690EXO23280viafigs-metonymyלְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ …מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ1miscarry

This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you … from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1691EXO2328cg7itranslate-unknownהַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה1hornets

This is a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1692EXO2328oocwgrammar-collectivenounsהַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה … וְ⁠גֵרְשָׁ֗ה1hornets

Here, hornet is used in the singular but refers to a large group of the flying, stinging insects. It agrees in number with hornet. It may be necessary to translate as a plural. Alternate translation: “hornets … and they will drive out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

1693EXO2329wfdifigs-metonymyמִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ1miscarry

This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1694EXO2329i9aqfigs-explicitפֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ שְׁמָמָ֔ה1or the land would become abandoned

You could make the rest of the idea explicit if it would help. Alternate translation: “lest the land become desolate because no one would be living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1695EXO2330mne7figs-metonymyמִ⁠פָּנֶ֑י⁠ךָ1miscarry

This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1696EXO2331my2efigs-metonymyמִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ1miscarry

This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1697EXO2333d1fpfigs-metaphorכִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ1this will surely become a trap for you

This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunters trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other peoples worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. See UST. Alternate translation: “worshipping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1698EXO24introb83l0

Exodus 24 General Notes

Structure

  1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2
  2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it, this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8
  3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11
  4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders and he goes v. 12-15
  5. Description of Yahweh's glory and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18

Potential translation issues

  • there are a number of similes used to describe people's encounter with God
  • “covenant” appears in a variety of ways
  • the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location

Special concepts in this chapter

Moses covenant

The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

Gods holiness

Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

1699EXO241hji6writing-newevent0Nadab…Abihu

A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1700EXO241c97itranslate-namesנָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא1Nadab…Abihu

These are mens names. See how you translated these names in Exodus 6:23. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1701EXO241zukbfigs-123personאֶל־יְהוָ֗ה1Nadab…Abihu

Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1702EXO241nm3ttranslate-numbersוְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים1seventy of Israels elders

“and 70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1703EXO241ymipfigs-explicitוְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם1seventy of Israels elders

Here, “to me” is implied, you may make it explicit if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “and you shall bow down to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1704EXO242p06owriting-pronounsוְ⁠הֵ֖ם1seventy of Israels elders

This refers to all the other people mentioned in verse 1. Alternate translation: “and Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1705EXO242dqnpfigs-123personאֶל־יְהוָ֔ה1seventy of Israels elders

Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1706EXO243sbc3writing-newevent0with one voice

Verses 3-8 are a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1707EXO243nuqr0with one voice

See Exodus 19:8 for how you translated a very similar event.

1708EXO243cg32figs-idiomק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙1with one voice

This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1709EXO244h7ggתַּ֣חַת הָ⁠הָ֑ר1foot of the mountain

“at the base of the mountain”

1710EXO244uipftranslate-numbersוּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙…לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר1foot of the mountain

“and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1711EXO2471bjetranslate-unknownסֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠בְּרִ֔ית1foot of the mountain

Here, book does not mean something in our modern format. It was likely a piece of papyrus (an early form of paper made from reeds) or animal skin that rolled up. Alternate translation: “the Covenant he had written down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1712EXO248h9fffigs-explicitהַ⁠דָּ֔ם1Then Moses took the blood

This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1713EXO248juxffigs-explicitעַ֥ל כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה׃1Then Moses took the blood

These words refers to what Moses just read aloud, that is, Yahwehs commands. You can make this more clear. Alternate translation: “which I just read aloud to you and you agreed to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1714EXO249izl5writing-newevent0Nadab…Abihu

A new scene begins with this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. Here the narrative is connected to verse 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1715EXO249uz7yוַ⁠יַּ֥עַל1Nadab…Abihu

These are mens names. See how you translated these names in Exodus 6:23. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1716EXO2498fbufigs-explicitוַ⁠יַּ֥עַל1Nadab…Abihu

The men went up the mountain. You can state this clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1717EXO2410ic4sfigs-personificationוְ⁠תַ֣חַת רַגְלָ֗י⁠ו1Under his feet

This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

1718EXO2410q8snלִבְנַ֣ת1pavement

a hard surface for walking or riding

1719EXO2410pm87translate-unknownהַ⁠סַּפִּ֔יר1sapphire stone

This is a gemstone that is blue in color. If there is a blue gemstone that your people are familiar with you may use it here as the exact gemstone is not certain. You may also describe it. Alternate translation: “a blue gemstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1720EXO2410zd6ufigs-simileוּ⁠כְ⁠עֶ֥צֶם הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לָ⁠טֹֽהַר1as clear as the sky itself

This is a simile. Alternate translation: “and it was blue like the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1721EXO2411jds6figs-metonymyוְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ1God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders

This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1722EXO2411725fgrammar-connect-condition-contraryוְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ1God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders

What would be expected is if they saw God they would die. The Israelite elders ability to see God and live is unexpected, be sure your translation conveys that. Alternate translation: “However, he did not send out his hand to the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

1723EXO2412dx4ffigs-explicitלְ⁠הוֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם1tablets of stone and the law and commandments

This means so that Moses and the other Israelite leaders could teach the laws and commandments to the Israelite people. You may need to make this clear. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1724EXO2413gv5eוִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ מְשָׁרְת֑⁠וֹ1with his assistant Joshua

The word translated servant here is usually associated with a higher position, like a government minister. Avoid using a word that implies a lower class serving role. Alternate translation: “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him”

1725EXO24132p7mwriting-participantsוִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ1with his assistant Joshua

Joshua is introduced here again, if your language marks new participants in the narrative in a certain way, use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

1726EXO2414mhvjgrammar-connect-time-sequentialוְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֤ים אָמַר֙1wait for us

The structure of the Hebrew indicates but does not require that this speech by Moses happened before verse 13 (hence had said). The ULT takes this view, however, for languages where it is hard to express events out of order, the UST reflects the other grammatical possibility and says in 24:13 that Moses started up the mountain and in 24:15 that he went the rest of the way up the mountain. Following this you can view this verse as if Moses paused and gave these final instructions as he was leaving the elders behind, keeping a sequential structure. Either approach is permissible by the text, but the approach of the ULT is preferred if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

1727EXO2414qiy4לָ֣⁠נוּ1wait for us

“Joshua and me”

1728EXO2414uc7rtranslate-namesוְ⁠חוּר֙1Hur

Hur was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in Exodus 17:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1729EXO2414jyh8וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה1Hur

Behold is used to draw attention to important information that Moses is about to tell them. It is frequently omitted, if your language uses a statement to draw attention to important information you should consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Remember”

1730EXO2414dqhjfigs-idiomמִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים1Hur

This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1731EXO2416j2s5figs-metonymyכְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙1Yahwehs glory

This was the brilliant light of Yahwehs presence. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahwehs presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1732EXO2416sb1otranslate-numbersשֵׁ֣שֶׁת1Yahwehs glory

“6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1733EXO241627l1translate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י1Yahwehs glory

“on day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1734EXO2417e4n6figs-simileכְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת1like a devouring fire

This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1735EXO2417k5ljfigs-metaphorלְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1in the eyes of the Israelites

Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1736EXO2418h1wytranslate-numbersאַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה1forty days and forty nights

“40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1737EXO25introt23a0

Exodus 25 General Notes

Structure:

  • v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place they will worship God
  • v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions
  • v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony
  • v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table
  • v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand
  • v. 40: Summary instruction

Special concepts in this chapter

  • The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.
  • Translators will need to take care translating the concept of atonement.

Potential translation issues in this chapter:

  • There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.
  • There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.
  • From verse 11 until the end of chapter 30 almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in chapter 31 that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in 25:10. There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
1738EXO252tktufigs-quotationsדַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה1who is motivated by a willing heart

In some languages you may have to make and they shall take a contribution for me a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, You shall take a contribution for me. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

1739EXO252r5yrfigs-idiomאֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ1who is motivated by a willing heart

This is an idiom that indicates a persons desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1740EXO252k78qfigs-youdualתִּקְח֖וּ1You must receive

The word you is plural and refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

1741EXO254c1qnfigs-explicitוּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י1blue, purple, and scarlet material

Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1742EXO254c958translate-unknownוְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י1scarlet

A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1743EXO255ayuptranslate-unknownמְאָדָּמִ֛ים1scarlet

When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather) they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1744EXO2551po6translate-unknownתְּחָשִׁ֖ים1scarlet

The meaning of this word is not known, it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. Sea cows on Wikipedia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1745EXO255d4fatranslate-unknownשִׁטִּֽים1scarlet

A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. See on Wikipedia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1746EXO256i6gptranslate-unknownבְּשָׂמִים֙1spices

dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1747EXO257mg4ftranslate-unknownאַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֕הַם1onyx

An onyx stone is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1748EXO257c3hkוְ⁠אַבְנֵ֖י1precious stones

“and valuable gems for” or “ and treasured gems for”

1749EXO259m1npfigs-youאוֹתְ⁠ךָ֔1show you in the plans

Here you is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1750EXO259w4scכֵּלָ֑י⁠ו1tabernacle

Here, utensils is a general term that you could translate by a broad term that could encompass all of the things used in the tabernacle as described in this and the several following chapters. Alternate translation: “its implements”

1751EXO259c9qefigs-youdualתַּעֲשֽׂוּ1You must make it

Here you is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])

1752EXO259tc2kfigs-123personתַּעֲשֽׂוּ1You must make it

Since Moses does not construct these items himself you may consider shifting the instructions to the third person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they shall make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1753EXO2510o8dltranslate-unknownשִׁטִּ֑ים1two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half

A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in 25:5. See on Wikipedia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1754EXO2510cs23translate-bdistanceאַמָּתַ֨יִם וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי1two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1755EXO251074nhtranslate-fractionוָ⁠חֵ֜צִי …וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙ …וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי1two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half

The word half means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

1756EXO2512wbq8translate-unknownוְ⁠יָצַ֣קְתָּ לּ֗⁠וֹ אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת זָהָ֔ב1cast four rings of gold

Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden. If this sort of metal working process is unknown to your people you may simply use a word meaning “make” as the UST does or describe it. The UST approach is preferred as the creation process is not in focus here and it would be cumbersome to include the description in the text. You could use a word meaning “make” and include the description in a footnote if you are including those and your team feels it is important to understand. Alternate translation: “You shall make four rings of gold by melting the gold and pouring it into molds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1757EXO251377xmtranslate-unknownשִׁטִּ֑ים1cast four rings of gold

A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in 25:5. See on Wikipedia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1758EXO2515k67pfigs-parallelismבְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ1General Information:

These two phrases mean similar things. Yahweh is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important this command is. If it is confusing for your readers to repeat both phrases, you can combine them and show the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “The poles belong in the rings of the ark, never anyone anyone to remove them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1759EXO25156j01figs-activepassiveבְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ1General Information:

You can translate this in active form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1760EXO2517ast8translate-bdistanceאַמָּתַ֤יִם וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי1two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1761EXO2517468ptranslate-fractionוָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙ …וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי1two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half

The word half means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

1762EXO2519b4l9מִן־הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֛רֶת תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ אֶת־הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֖ים עַל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָֽי⁠ו1They must be made

This seems to indicate that the cherubim should be formed out of the same piece of gold as the rest of the lid. It may, however, mean that at the end they should be one piece, so the gold should be heated to melting and the lid and cherubim joined together. Alternate translation: “You shall join the cherubim to the atonement lid on its two ends”

1763EXO2522zu9ufigs-youלְ⁠ךָ֮ …אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ …אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖1It is at the ark that I will meet with you

Here, you is singular and refers to Moses. If you have been using a plural you for Yahwehs commands which have been to give to others, make sure you use singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1764EXO2523t312translate-bdistanceשִׁטִּ֑ים אַמָּתַ֤יִם אָרְכּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אַמָּ֣ה רָחְבּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי קֹמָתֽ⁠וֹ1two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 46cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1765EXO2523a2o9translate-fractionוָ⁠חֵ֖צִי1two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half

The word half means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

1766EXO2524f20e0two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half

This verse is almost identical to 25:11.

1767EXO2525awi7translate-bdistanceטֹ֖פַח1one handbreadth wide

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A handbreath is approximately 8cm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1768EXO2525bit8לּ֥⁠וֹ1frame for it

“for the table”

1769EXO2527jdh4figs-idiomלְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים1The rings must be attached

Here, to house means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are figuratively their house. If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1770EXO2528l4fkfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִשָּׂא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָֽן1so that the table may be carried with them

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And you shall carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1771EXO252954jxtranslate-unknownקְּעָרֹתָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠כַפֹּתָ֗י⁠ו וּ⁠קְשׂוֹתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔י⁠ו1to be used to pour out drink offerings

We do not know precisely what these dishes were. The plates were probably mostly flat dishes for holding the bread that would be on the table; the pans may have been shallow bowls or deep plates for holding incense or they may have been something more like a ladle or spoon; the pitchers probably held wine to be poured into the bowls for the drink offerings. You will need to translate using the closest word for each such item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1772EXO2529v78dfigs-activepassiveאֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻסַּ֖ךְ בָּ⁠הֵ֑ן1to be used to pour out drink offerings

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests will pour out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1773EXO2530uth7figs-metonymyלֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים1bread of the presence

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the Bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1774EXO2530kh7cfigs-metonymyלְ⁠פָנַ֥⁠י1bread of the presence

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1775EXO2531kc3qמִקְשָׁ֞ה1hammered gold

“of beaten gold” See how you translated this in Exodus 25:18.

1776EXO2531g25lfigs-activepassiveתֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה1The lampstand is to be made

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1777EXO2533i7bhtranslate-unknownמְֽשֻׁקָּדִ֞ים1almond blossoms

An almond blossom is a white or pink flower that has five petals. (An almond is a kind of nut.) You may want to include a short description as a foot note or in the text (if that is your translation style) the first time this is encountered. Alternate translation: “shaped like the five petaled almond flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1778EXO2535lk10וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֡ר תַּחַת֩ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠קָּנִ֜ים מִמֶּ֗⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּר֙ תַּ֣חַת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠קָּנִים֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֕ר תַּחַת־שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠קָּנִ֖ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה לְ⁠שֵׁ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠קָּנִ֔ים הַ⁠יֹּצְאִ֖ים מִן־הַ⁠מְּנֹרָֽה1made as one piece with it

“There must be a leafy base under the first pair of branches—made as one piece with it, and a leafy base under the second pair of branches—also made as one piece with it. In the same way there must be a leafy base under the third pair of branches, made as one piece with it. It must be the same for all six branches extending out from the lampstand.”

1779EXO2536r7yzמִקְשָׁ֥ה1made as one piece with it

“of beaten gold” See how you translated this in Exodus 25:18.

1780EXO2537dfn6figs-metonymyוְ⁠הֵאִ֖יר עַל־עֵ֥בֶר פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ1for them to give light from it

Here, face figuratively represents the location of the lampstand. Alternate translation: “so they shine light near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1781EXO2539ff5ptranslate-bweightכִּכָּ֛ר1one talent

You can convert this weight to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

1782EXO25404tyrfigs-explicitוּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה1you are being shown on the mountain

All the items described in this chapter are implied as what Moses is told to see and make. You could make that explicit in your translation if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1783EXO2540gytefigs-metonymyוּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה1you are being shown on the mountain

Here, see relates to observing or overseeing, essentially Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Watch carefully so you can make these things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1784EXO2540l7jefigs-activepassiveאַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה1you are being shown on the mountain

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1785EXO26introemw70

Exodus 26 General Notes

  • The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats hair, tanned rams skins, and fine leather.
  • There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort to make the walls of the tent (verses 1-13), another to separate the holy and most holy places (verses 31-34), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent (verses 36-37). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

  • v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
    • v. 1-6: Inner covering
    • v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
    • v. 15-30: Wooden framework
  • v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
  • v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

Special concepts in this chapter

The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place” that has taken on religious significance via the KJV. Tabernacle and tent should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

1786EXO261ks8rfigs-youתַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה1You must make

Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word you is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1787EXO261iww4translate-unknownיְרִיעֹ֑ת1curtains

These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1788EXO2615fgjוּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י1curtains

Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 25:4.

1789EXO261xvs7translate-unknownוְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י1scarlet wool

A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1790EXO2616f3ntranslate-unknownשֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר1scarlet wool

This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1791EXO261n2vmחֹשֵׁ֖ב1craftsman

a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand

1792EXO262dkr6translate-bdistanceשְׁמֹנֶ֤ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ בָּֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּ⁠אַמָּ֔ה1twenty-eight cubits…four cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 12.9m … 184cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1793EXO263ba6wfigs-activepassiveחֲמֵ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְרִיעֹ֗ת תִּֽהְיֶ֨יןָ֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠חָמֵ֤שׁ יְרִיעֹת֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽ⁠הּ1Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Join five of the curtains each to another, and join five of the curtains each to another.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1794EXO264ghz8תְּכֵ֗לֶת1one set

“blue yarn” or “blue cloth”

1795EXO264wdumtranslate-ordinalהָ⁠אֶחָ֔ת … הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית1one set

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1796EXO264d0slבַּ⁠חֹבָ֑רֶת1one set

“in one set of five curtains”

1797EXO264gjt1בַּ⁠מַּחְבֶּ֖רֶת הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית1one set

“in the other set of five curtains”

1798EXO266sns4וְ⁠עָשִׂ֕יתָ חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים קַרְסֵ֣י זָהָ֑ב וְ⁠חִבַּרְתָּ֨ אֶת־הַ⁠יְרִיעֹ֜ת אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ⁠הּ֙1clasps

The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together.

1799EXO266b242אֶחָֽד1clasps

“as though it were one piece”

1800EXO267jeazלְ⁠אֹ֖הֶל1eleven

This refers to a outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “for a outer tent”

1801EXO267t7t3translate-numbersעַשְׁתֵּי־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה1eleven

“eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1802EXO268p423translate-numbersשְׁלֹשִׁים֙ …אַרְבַּ֣ע …לְ⁠עַשְׁתֵּ֥י עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה1thirty…four

“thirty …4 … eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1803EXO268v7i1translate-bdistanceשְׁלֹשִׁים֙ בָּֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּ⁠אַמָּ֔ה1cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 13.8m … 184cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1804EXO2699yyrfigs-metonymyאֶל־מ֖וּל פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֹֽהֶל1cubits

Here, face is probably referring to the entrance of the tent. The opening for the protective tent and the sacred tent would have been coordinated so they were in the same place. Alternate translation: “in front of the entrance of the tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1805EXO26973r7הָ⁠אֹֽהֶל1cubits

As in verse 7 this refers to the outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “the outer tent”

1806EXO2610etf70loops

See how you translated a very similar text in Exodus 26:4.

1807EXO2611cq36translate-unknownהַ⁠קְּרָסִים֙1clasps

The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1808EXO2612hftktranslate-fractionחֲצִ֤י1clasps

The word half means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

1809EXO2613k4citranslate-bdistanceוְ⁠הָ⁠אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠הָ⁠אַמָּ֤ה1cubit

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1810EXO2614kii8translate-unknownתְּחָשִׁ֖ים1a covering of ram skins dyed red, and another covering of fine leather

The meaning of this word is not known, it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. Sea cows on Wikipedia See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 25:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1811EXO2614yz3vtranslate-unknownמְאָדָּמִ֑ים1dyed red

When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather) they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 25:5. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1812EXO2615y85ltranslate-unknownהַ⁠קְּרָשִׁ֖ים1frames

This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1813EXO2615tw2htranslate-unknownשִׁטִּ֖ים1frames

A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in 25:5. See on Wikipedia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1814EXO2616k4b7translate-numbersעֶ֥שֶׂר …וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה1ten cubits…one and a half cubits

“10 …1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1815EXO2616z2rvtranslate-bdistanceעֶ֥שֶׂר אַמּ֖וֹת…וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה1ten cubits…one and a half cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 4.6m … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1816EXO261641gftranslate-fractionוַ⁠חֲצִ֣י1ten cubits…one and a half cubits

The word half means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

1817EXO2617zwfjtranslate-unknownיָד֗וֹת1ten cubits…one and a half cubits

This means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1818EXO2619c9idאַדְנֵי־כֶ֔סֶף1silver bases

These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground.

1819EXO2619o357figs-explicitשְׁנֵ֨י אֲדָנִ֜ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֤רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָד֙ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י יְדֹתָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֧י אֲדָנִ֛ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י יְדֹתָֽי⁠ו1silver bases

The effect of this is to start a list and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. This same phrasing occurs again in verse 21 and verse 25. Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame for its two tenons, and then two bases under the next frame for its two tenons, and so for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1820EXO2621rlcffigs-explicitשְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד1silver bases

The effect of this is to start a list and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19. Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1821EXO26250p52figs-explicitשְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד1silver bases

The effect of this is to start a list and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19. Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1822EXO2625p2wutranslate-unknownוְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם …אֲדָנִ֑ים …אֲדָנִ֗ים …אֲדָנִ֔ים1silver bases

These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1823EXO2626fc8ptranslate-unknownבְרִיחִ֖ם1crossbars

These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1824EXO2629ji1jבָּתִּ֖ים לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם1for them to serve as holders for the crossbars

“which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars”

1825EXO2629nq3mלַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם1crossbars

These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:26.

1826EXO2630csf9figs-activepassiveהָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּ⁠הָֽר1you were shown on the mountain

This can be stated in active form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1827EXO2631yqi60General Information:

See how you translated very similar text in Exodus 26:1.

1828EXO2633p2yqtranslate-unknownהַ⁠קְּרָסִים֒1clasps

The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in Exodus 26:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1829EXO2635lv9eהַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָן֙ …הַ⁠מְּנֹרָה֙1The table must be on the north side

This is the table Yahweh told Moses how to make in 25:23-30 and the lampstand he told him how to make in 25:31-39.

1830EXO2636tiz70The table must be on the north side

See how you translated very similar text in Exodus 26:1.

1831EXO2636rr16תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י1blue, purple, and scarlet material

Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:4.

1832EXO2636f6tdtranslate-unknownוְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר1fine twined linen

This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1833EXO2636r2fytranslate-unknownרֹקֵֽם1an embroiderer

“a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1834EXO2637av600an embroiderer

See how you translated very similar instructions in verse 32.

1835EXO27introx4f70

Exodus 27 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

  • v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar
  • v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent
  • v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand

Special concepts in this chapter

The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of the courtyard area around the tent of meeting containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.

Potential translation issues

  • The verb make at the beginning of verse 9 is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs, others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.
  • There continues to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects.
1836EXO271s8qytranslate-bdistanceחָמֵשׁ֩ אַמּ֨וֹת…וְ⁠חָמֵ֧שׁ אַמּ֣וֹת…וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת1cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3m … 2.3m … 138cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1837EXO274hsq3רֶ֣שֶׁת1grate

a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning

1838EXO275c5emfigs-explicitוְ⁠נָתַתָּ֣ה אֹתָ֗⁠הּ תַּ֛חַת כַּרְכֹּ֥ב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ מִ⁠לְּ⁠מָ֑טָּה וְ⁠הָיְתָ֣ה הָ⁠רֶ֔שֶׁת עַ֖ד חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ1You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar

The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “And you shall put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1839EXO277b3yxfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠הוּבָ֥א אֶת־בַּדָּ֖י⁠ו1The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And you shall put its poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1840EXO278ecmhfigs-123personהֶרְאָ֥ה1The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it

Here, he refers to Yahweh in the third person. If it would be unnatural in your language for someone to refer to himself in this way you may need to change it. Alternate translation: “I showed” or “Yahweh showed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1841EXO278frcsfigs-123personיַעֲשֽׂוּ1The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it

Here, they refers to whomever will make all these items. It is an indication that even though Yahweh has been speaking to Moses in the singular throughout that these instructions are meant to be conveyed to craftsmen in Israel. See 25:intro for more. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1842EXO279v748translate-unknownשֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר1fine twined linen

This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1843EXO279ce9atranslate-bdistanceמֵאָ֤ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּה֙1one hundred cubits

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1844EXO2710qq8fוְ⁠עַמֻּדָ֣י⁠ו עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם עֶשְׂרִ֖ים נְחֹ֑שֶׁת1one hundred cubits

Here, bronze may refer to both the pillars and the bases or just to the bases. The pillars inside the tent were wood overlaid with gold, these may be wood overlaid with bronze.

1845EXO2711gjg50there must be hangings one hundred cubits long

See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 27:9-10.

1846EXO2711ynaofigs-ellipsisמֵ֣אָה1there must be hangings one hundred cubits long

Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “100 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1847EXO2711xev2translate-bdistanceמֵ֣אָה1there must be hangings one hundred cubits long

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1848EXO2712p4u4translate-bdistanceחֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה1there must be a curtain

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1849EXO2713w2sgtranslate-bdistanceחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אַמָּֽה1The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1850EXO2714u8nmtranslate-bdistanceוַ⁠חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה1fifteen cubits

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1851EXO2714z8n2עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם1posts

These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in Exodus 27:10.

1852EXO2714gz7sוְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם1bases

These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19.

1853EXO2715s2cctranslate-bdistanceחְמֵ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה1fifteen cubits

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1854EXO2715hlzpעַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם1posts

These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in Exodus 27:10.

1855EXO27152z7bוְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם1bases

These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19.

1856EXO2716kn9u0blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen

See how you translated a nearly identical passage in 26:36.

1857EXO2716g5wi/translate-bdistanceעֶשְׂרִ֣ים אַמָּ֗ה1an embroiderer

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1858EXO2718wt7ntranslate-bdistanceמֵאָ֨ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֜ה…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים…חָמֵ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת1one hundred cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46m … 23m … 2.3m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1859EXO2718mu6bfigs-ellipsisחֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים1one hundred cubits

Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “50 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

1860EXO2719bs7ctranslate-unknownיְתֵדֹתָ֛י⁠ו …יִתְדֹ֥ת1tent pegs

These are sharp pieces of metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or tied to ropes to create tension on something stood upright to stabilize it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1861EXO2721p7rufigs-synecdocheהָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת1ark of testimony

This refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1862EXO2721nlwzאֹת֨⁠וֹ יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨⁠וֹ1ark of testimony

Here, it refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and arrange means to set it up for burning and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it”

1863EXO2721j41sfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה1ark of testimony

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1864EXO2721vr7mחֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹ֣רֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1This requirement will be a lasting statute

See how you translated a similar statement in 12:14

1865EXO28intror3yx0

Exodus 28 General Notes

Structure

  • v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests
  • v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing
  • v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod
    • v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod
  • v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece
    • v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece
    • v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod
  • v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart
  • v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates
  • v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban
  • v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing
  • v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments
  • v. 43b: Closing statement

Special concepts in this chapter

Holy garments

Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

Potential translation issues

  • Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstone. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.
1866EXO281e1xbfigs-youוְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה1Call to yourself

Here you refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1867EXO281w9lstranslate-kinshipאַהֲרֹ֨ן אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ1Call to yourself

Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

1868EXO28141a2translate-namesנָדָ֧ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֛וּא…וְ⁠אִיתָמָ֖ר1Call to yourself

These are mens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1869EXO28310ixfigs-youוְ⁠אַתָּ֗ה1Call to yourself

Here you refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1870EXO2836srsfigs-parallelismאֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה1Call to yourself

There is a little bit of parallelism here. Yahweh is clarifying who causes someone to be wise of heart. You could translate this in a more causal way if that would make more sense. Alternate translation: “to anyone whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom making them wise of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1871EXO283wt7mfigs-metonymyאֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה1Call to yourself

Here, heart and spirit are both referring to innate possession by a person that is, traits of a person. Wisdom refers to skill or talent with crafting in this case. Together wise of heart and filled with the spirit of wisdom both essentially mean “a talented craftsman.” If it is more clear to your readers you may consider making some of this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to every talented craftsman, those whom I have made skilled in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1872EXO284tr5eוּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ1a coat of woven work

We do not know what word translated of woven work means as it only occurs here and in verse 39 as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a chequered tunic”

1873EXO284dz5htranslate-unknownמִצְנֶ֣פֶת1turban

This is a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1874EXO284k184translate-unknownוְ⁠אַבְנֵ֑ט1sash

This a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1875EXO285rxketranslate-unknownוְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֖לֶת וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י1sash

Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in 25:4 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1876EXO2857eqytranslate-unknownתּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י1sash

A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1877EXO286u3rxtranslate-unknownוְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מָשְׁזָ֖ר1fine-twined linen

This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36. Alternate translation: “finely-twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1878EXO286k3bjחֹשֵֽׁב1skillful craftsman

This refers to a person who can make beautiful objects by hand.

1879EXO287dpphשְׁתֵּ֧י כְתֵפֹ֣ת חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֛⁠וֹ אֶל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר1skillful craftsman

This likely meant creating some sort of fastening at the top by the shoulders to attach the front of the ephod to its back. Alternate translation: “They shall make it so that the front and back attach to each other at the shoulders”

1880EXO287wt20figs-activepassiveוְ⁠חֻבָּֽר1skillful craftsman

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “join it together that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1881EXO288u5avאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלָ֔י⁠ו כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ מִמֶּ֣⁠נּוּ1it must be made of one piece

This is saying that the sash should be attached to the ephod, perhaps cut from the same material used to make the rest of the ephod.

1882EXO289c4iatranslate-unknownאַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֑הַם1onyx stones

These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1883EXO289s2ydtranslate-numbersשְׁתֵּ֖י1onyx stones

“2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1884EXO2810h5mrtranslate-numbersשִׁשָּׁה֙ …הַ⁠שִּׁשָּׁ֧ה1onyx stones

“6 … 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1885EXO2810zlteכְּ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָֽ⁠ם1onyx stones

“according to their birth order”

1886EXO2811dv8kפִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֗ם1With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet

“in the same way a person engraves on a seal”

1887EXO2811x1xctranslate-unknownחָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒1engraver

This is a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal. Alternate translation: “of a detailed stone cutter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1888EXO2811cm3ftranslate-unknownחֹתָ֗ם1signet

This is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1889EXO2811gh2rtranslate-unknownמִשְׁבְּצ֥וֹת1settings

These are pieces of metal that hold the stones onto the ephod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1890EXO2812ypfdזִכָּרֹ֖ן …לְ⁠זִכָּרֹֽן1settings

The text does not specify if Yahweh or Aaron or someone else is the one being reminded by the stones. It also does not specify exactly what the reminder is of. Try to maintain this ambiguity if possible in your translation.

1891EXO28129hbpfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֧י1settings

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1892EXO2813pi4xtranslate-unknownמִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת1settings

These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1893EXO2814e746וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ זָהָ֣ב טָה֔וֹר מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠ם מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת1two braided chains of pure gold like cords

“and you shall make two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords”

1894EXO2815sf8eמַעֲשֵׂ֣ה חֹשֵׁ֔ב כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֵפֹ֖ד תַּעֲשֶׂ֑⁠נּוּ1the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod

“a skillful workman will make it like the ephod”

1895EXO2816cny4translate-bdistanceזֶ֥רֶת …וְ⁠זֶ֥רֶת1span

You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A span is approximately 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

1896EXO2816onj6רָב֥וּעַ יִֽהְיֶ֖ה כָּפ֑וּל1span

“fold it in half so it will be square”

1897EXO2817spd4translate-unknown0General Information:

Twelve kinds of stone are listed in the next four verses. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1898EXO2817n1ystranslate-unknownאֹ֤דֶם פִּטְדָה֙ וּ⁠בָרֶ֔קֶת1ruby…topaz…garnet

These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1899EXO2818qq9gtranslate-ordinalוְ⁠הַ⁠טּ֖וּר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י1emerald…diamond

“And row 2:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1900EXO2818ga1vtranslate-unknownנֹ֥פֶךְ סַפִּ֖יר וְ⁠יָהֲלֹֽם1emerald…diamond

These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1901EXO2818a5rrtranslate-unknownסַפִּ֖יר1sapphire

This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in Exodus 24:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1902EXO2819uw42translate-ordinalוְ⁠הַ⁠טּ֖וּר הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י1sapphire

“And row 3:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1903EXO2819z17rtranslate-unknownלֶ֥שֶׁם שְׁב֖וֹ וְ⁠אַחְלָֽמָה1jacinth…agate…amethyst

These are precious stones (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1904EXO28209vbitranslate-ordinalוְ⁠הַ⁠טּוּר֙ הָ⁠רְבִיעִ֔י1jacinth…agate…amethyst

“And row 4:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

1905EXO2820ul2etranslate-unknownתַּרְשִׁ֥ישׁ וְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם וְ⁠יָשְׁפֵ֑ה1beryl…jasper

These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1906EXO2820rgf6translate-unknownוְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם1onyx

This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in Exodus 25:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1907EXO2820pw5hfigs-activepassiveמְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים זָהָ֛ב יִהְי֖וּ1They must be mounted in gold settings

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You shall set them in gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1908EXO2821z8mwtranslate-unknownפִּתּוּחֵ֤י חוֹתָם֙1signet ring

A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in Exodus 28:11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1909EXO2822m7yltranslate-unknownשַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת גַּבְלֻ֖ת מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת זָהָ֖ב טָהֽוֹר1chains like cords, braided work of pure gold

“chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in Exodus 28:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1910EXO2825d8y3figs-metonymyאֶל־מ֥וּל פָּנָֽי⁠ו1braided chains

Here, face simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1911EXO2825a4lcfigs-explicitעַל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת1to the two settings

These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1912EXO2827f2nnfigs-metonymyפָּנָ֔י⁠ו1braided chains

Here, face simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1913EXO2827vw1wtranslate-unknownלְ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב1finely-woven waistband

This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1914EXO2828se56figs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל1so that it might be attached

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1915EXO2828wf9vfigs-doublenegativesוְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל1the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

1916EXO2829z1mzשְׁמ֨וֹת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל1he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece

This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in Exodus 28:17-21.

1917EXO2829cc97עַל־לִבּ֖⁠וֹ1over his heart

“over Aarons heart” or “on his chest”

1918EXO2830dgn9translate-unknownהָ⁠אוּרִים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּ֔ים1the Urim and the Thummim

It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1919EXO2830f537translate-unknownוְ⁠נָשָׂ֣א אַ֠הֲרֹן אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֨ט בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל עַל־לִבּ֛⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה תָּמִֽיד1the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions

The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. Alternate translation: “And Aaron shall bear the decisions for the sons of Israel over his heart before Yahweh continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1920EXO2830fep5figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה1the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh … before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1921EXO2832x42nמַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג1This must be the work of a weaver

This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe”

1922EXO2832rw96translate-unknownאֹרֵ֗ג1a weaver

“a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1923EXO2832t60ltranslate-unknownתַחְרָ֛א1a weaver

We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1924EXO2832ubhgfigs-activepassiveלֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ1a weaver

You can translate this in another form. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1925EXO2833qm1ftranslate-unknownתְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י1pomegranates

Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in 25:4 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1926EXO2834kl55פַּעֲמֹ֤ן זָהָב֙ וְ⁠רִמּ֔וֹן פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן זָהָ֖ב וְ⁠רִמּ֑וֹן1a golden bell and a pomegranate

This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Alternate translation: “alternate pomegranates and golden bells”

1927EXO2835pf61figs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ1so that its sound can be heard

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1928EXO2835fmqufigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה1so that its sound can be heard

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1929EXO28354cqqfigs-123personיְהוָ֛ה1so that its sound can be heard
1930EXO2835qtf9figs-explicitוְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמֽוּת1This is so that he does not die

The probable implication is that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1931EXO28366t26translate-unknownצִּ֖יץ1engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet

We do not know exactly what this was. It was probably a thin piece of gold smaller than the palm of someones hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1932EXO2836nd2qtranslate-unknownוּ⁠פִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָי⁠ו֙ פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֔ם1engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet

“write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in Exodus 28:11 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1933EXO2837qka6translate-unknownהַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת …הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת1turban

This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1934EXO2837lxq8figs-metonymyאֶל־מ֥וּל פְּנֵֽי־הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת1turban

Here, face means the front. Alternate translation: “to the front of the turban” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1935EXO28389ov4figs-metaphorוְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים1turban

Here, iniquity is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to be picturing handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also, here, iniquity actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than bear to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1936EXO283844nzfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה1turban

Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1937EXO2838jbt4figs-123personיְהוָֽה1turban
1938EXO2839t5vjtranslate-unknownמִצְנֶ֣פֶת1turban

This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1939EXO2839yi1ltranslate-unknownוְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט1sash

A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1940EXO2839i62ztranslate-unknownרֹקֵֽם1the work of an embroiderer

An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1941EXO2840pfs2translate-unknownאַבְנֵטִ֑ים1sashes

A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1942EXO2840v2tjtranslate-unknownוּ⁠מִגְבָּעוֹת֙1headbands

A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1943EXO2841xa75translate-kinshipאַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ1You must clothe Aaron your brother

His brother Aaron was three years older than Moses (see Exodus 7:7), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

1944EXO2841ageyfigs-idiomוּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם1You must clothe Aaron your brother

This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1945EXO2842vz62translate-unknownמִכְנְסֵי1undergarments

These are clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1946EXO2842m1bifigs-euphemismבְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה1undergarments

This is an euphemism for the male genitalia. You may translate it using an appropriate euphemism in your culture. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

1947EXO29introxmd90

Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole, the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it. The Consecration of the Priests

  • v. 1-3 Preparing items
  • v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
  • v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
  • v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
    • v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
    • v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
    • v. 29-30 Priestly succession
    • v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
  • v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
  • v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
  • v. 42-46 Yahwehs affirmation

Special concepts in this chapter

Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular you that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

“I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.

1948EXO291d6gkwriting-neweventוְ⁠זֶ֨ה1Now

A new scene begins here, there is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

1949EXO291z78hwriting-pronounsתַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה1you must do

Here you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1950EXO291ld5swriting-pronounsלָ⁠הֶ֛ם1to set them apart

“to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1951EXO291dq2cwriting-pronounsלִ֑⁠י1serve me

Here me refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1952EXO291jhj3figs-idiomבֶּן־בָּקָ֛ר1serve me

This is an idiom meaning young. If you do not have a similar idiom you may translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “a young one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1953EXO292ptm7figs-activepassiveבְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן…מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן1Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil

These can be stated in active form. You may need to shorten the sentences and make the alternate translation content separate sentences or mark it off with special punctuation. Alternate translation: “(mix them with oil) … (rub them with oil)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1954EXO292wkybוּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן1Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil

These may have been rubbed with oil before or after baking.

1955EXO292r449translate-unknownוְ⁠חַלֹּ֤ת…וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י1bread…cakes…wafers

These are different kinds of food made from flour. While all the breads were somewhat flat because they were unleavened, the cakes were a bread enriched with oil and the wafers were especially thin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1956EXO293gm58writing-pronounsאוֹתָ⁠ם֙1You must put them

“the bread, cake, and wafer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1957EXO293cd6mוְ⁠הִקְרַבְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠סָּ֑ל וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־הַ⁠פָּ֔ר וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֵילִֽם1present them with the bull and the two rams

Here, in the basket is almost parenthetical. You may need to restructure the sentence or use punctuation to make it clear that the bull and the two rams are connected to bring not, in the basket. Alternate translation: “and you shall bring them near (in the basket) along with the bull and the two rams”

1958EXO294a6rzאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד1tent of meeting

This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.

1959EXO295pr4itranslate-unknownבְּ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב1finely-woven waistband

This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1960EXO296ap2xtranslate-unknownהַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת …הַ⁠מִּצְנָֽפֶת1turban

This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1961EXO296y59stranslate-unknownנֵ֥זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ1holy crown

This crown is described in Exodus 28:36 as being engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. There it is referred to by a different Hebrew word, translated “rosette.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1962EXO29700vwtranslate-unknownשֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה1holy crown

See how you translated this in 25:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1963EXO298v46kwriting-pronounsבָּנָ֖י⁠ו1bring his sons

“Aarons sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1964EXO298jtc7translate-unknownכֻּתֳּנֹֽת1coats

These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1965EXO299j3a8translate-unknownאַבְנֵ֜ט1sashes

A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in Exodus 28:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1966EXO299bh2dtranslate-unknownמִגְבָּעֹ֔ת1headbands

A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:40. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1967EXO299r1x4translate-unknownכְּהֻנָּ֖ה1The work of the priesthood

Here, priesthood means the official office of priest. Alternate translation: “the duty of being priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1968EXO299ze9lfigs-explicitוְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֛ם1will belong to them

The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aarons sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “And … will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1969EXO299p7m9לְ⁠חֻקַּ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם1permanent law

“a law that will not end.” See how you translated this in Exodus 28:43.

1970EXO299zbzkfigs-idiomמִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו1permanent law

This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:41. Alternate translation: “And you shall ordain Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1971EXO299jhwbוּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו1tent of meeting

Interpretations of this phrase vary. Some take it to mean that the actions previous to this statement describe the consecrating of Aaron and his sons as priests. And at this point they are ordained. Others suggest this phrase may introduce the following material as the consecration process. However, because there are several statements regarding this consecration (literally filling the hand) throughout the chapter (see verses 29, 33, and 35), it may also merely be a summary and reminder statement of the purpose of the entire process as the instructions transition from dressing the priests to the sacrificial portion of the ritual. It would probably be best to translate this in the way a mid-text summary reminder phrase would be spoken in your language, avoiding any indication that it refers only to the previous or following text.

1972EXO2910wjko0tent of meeting

The sacrifice explained here through verse 14 is to purify or cleanse the altar. This is made more clear in verses 36-37.

1973EXO2910sgurfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד1tent of meeting

Here, face refers to the front of the tent. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1974EXO2910rf0wgrammar-connect-time-simultaneousוְ⁠סָמַ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּֽר1tent of meeting

The slaughter of the bull in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the bulls head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])

1975EXO2912c2udtranslate-unknownקַרְנֹ֥ת1the horns

These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1976EXO2912xdl5כָּל־הַ⁠דָּ֣ם1the rest of the blood

“the remaining blood”

1977EXO2913x2c5וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֖1covers the inner parts

“and burn them to make smoke”

1978EXO2913nsg6translate-unknownהַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד …הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת1liver…kidneys

These are organs in the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1979EXO2914eza8וְ⁠אֶת־בְּשַׂ֤ר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עֹר֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת1But as for the bulls flesh, as well as its skin and dung

“But as for the remaining parts of the bull, including the flesh and”

1980EXO291455h6מִ⁠ח֖וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֑ה1But as for the bulls flesh, as well as its skin and dung

“outside the borders of where the Israelites are camped”

1981EXO29157ajzgrammar-connect-time-simultaneousסָ֨מְכ֜וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל1But as for the bulls flesh, as well as its skin and dung

The slaughter of the ram in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the rams head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])

1982EXO2917w2nbtranslate-unknownקִרְבּ⁠וֹ֙1the inner parts

“the organs” See how you translated this in Exodus 29:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1983EXO2918qc2iוְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֤ אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אַ֨יִל֙1on the altar

“and burn all of the ram to make smoke”

1984EXO29188gt9figs-parallelismעֹלָ֥ה ה֖וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיח֔וֹחַ אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה הֽוּא1on the altar

These phrases are in parallel with the second expanding and clarifying the first. In some languages, you may need to use a different structure to expand and clarify the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “It is a pleasing smelling burnt offering made by fire to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

1985EXO2919zzsiהַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י1on the altar

Except for the second, this verse is identical to verse 15.

1986EXO2920j6b1figs-explicitוְ⁠שָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֗יִל1Then you must kill the ram

They killed the ram by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1987EXO2921bxs6figs-explicitוְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֞ מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֨ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַֽל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּחַ֮ וּ⁠מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֒ וְ⁠הִזֵּיתָ֤1Aaron will then be set apart for me

Moses would mix the blood and oil. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall take some of the blood that is on the altar and mix it with some of the oil of anointing and sprinkle it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1988EXO2922i3dctranslate-unknownהַ⁠קֶּ֗רֶב …הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ …הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙1inner parts…liver…kidney

These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in Exodus 29:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1989EXO2923mckoוְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה1Take one loaf…before Yahweh

All of these items were in the basket mentioned in verse 2, not just the wafer. Be sure this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “and from the basket of bread without yeast that is before the face of Yahweh: one round loaf of bread, and one cake of bread of oil, and one wafer”

1990EXO2923td8wוְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת1Take one loaf…before Yahweh

For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in Exodus 29:2.

1991EXO29236ngbfigs-possessionוַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת1Take one loaf…before Yahweh

This means the cake made with oil in the dough. Alternate translation: “and one cake of bread made with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

1992EXO2923i7vxfigs-metonymyאֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה1that is before Yahweh

This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “that you have placed before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1993EXO2924b9bjwriting-pronounsהַ⁠כֹּ֔ל1You must put these

Here, all these refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1994EXO2924q6k5figs-123personוְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥1You must put these

While the text reads, you shall raise, logically, it is Aaron and his sons who will raise the offerings at this point. It may be clearer to your readers to change the person here. Alternate translation: “and they shall raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

1995EXO2924xhhftranslate-symactionוְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה1You must put these

The act of raising the meat and bread symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and they shall show that they are giving them to me by holding them up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

1996EXO2924ypitfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה1You must put these

This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1997EXO2925e6bjוְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֥ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חָ⁠ה עַל־הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה לְ⁠רֵ֤יחַ נִיח֨וֹחַ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אִשֶּׁ֥ה ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה1You must put these

See how you translated similar phrases in verse 18.

1998EXO2926bf71מֵ⁠אֵ֤יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִים֙1ram of dedication

See how you translated this in verse 22. Alternate translation: “ram that you dedicated”

1999EXO2926c21ftranslate-symactionוְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה1Aarons ram of dedication

The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in verse 24. Alternate translation: “and show that you are giving it to me by holding it up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

2000EXO29278h8htranslate-symaction1Aarons ram of dedication

The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in verse 24. Alternate translation: “and show that you are giving it to me by holding it up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

2001EXO2928uc2dוְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו לְ⁠חָק־עוֹלָ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא1This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons

“This offering is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people”

2002EXO29286hyjמֵ⁠אֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא וּ⁠תְרוּמָ֞ה יִהְיֶ֨ה מֵ⁠אֵ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ מִ⁠זִּבְחֵ֣י שַׁלְמֵי⁠הֶ֔ם תְּרוּמָתָ֖⁠ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה1This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons

The amount of repetition in this verse may make it difficult to translate smoothly. You may consider combining some of them if that would work better in your language. Alternate translation: “for the Israelites must offer this portion from what they bring to Yahweh as peace offerings to them”

2003EXO2929a59zfigs-idiomוּ⁠לְ⁠מַלֵּא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם1The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him

This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:41. Alternate translation: “to ordain them in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2004EXO2931l3xkאֵ֥יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֖ים1the ram for the installation of the priests

This refers to the second ram, the one described in verses 19 and following.

2005EXO2931u9klfigs-explicitבְּ⁠מָקֹ֥ם קָדֹֽשׁ1in a holy place

This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This probably refers to a place within the courtyard. However, exactly where it is is not otherwise specified. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2006EXO293319g1figs-idiomלְ⁠מַלֵּ֥א אֶת־יָדָ֖⁠ם1in a holy place

This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:41. Alternate translation: “to ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2007EXO2934rhp7figs-activepassiveלֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל1It must not be eaten

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2008EXO2935yo59כָּ֔כָה1General Information:

Thus means, “like this” and, as the next verses make clear, refers to the sacrificial ceremony outlined in this chapter which they must repeat seven times.

2009EXO2935wrfstranslate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֥ת1General Information:

“7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2010EXO2935c2sifigs-idiomתְּמַלֵּ֥א יָדָֽ⁠ם1General Information:

This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:41. Alternate translation: “you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2011EXO2936r5tx0General Information:

This verse and the next explain the purpose of the sacrifice detailed in verses 10-14.

2012EXO2936s81ngrammar-connect-logic-goalוּ⁠פַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַ⁠יּוֹם֙ עַל־הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְ⁠חִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּ⁠כַפֶּרְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָ֑י⁠ו1General Information:

The phrase and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector, or in languages that need to put purpose first you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

2013EXO2937pq5dקֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים1Then the altar will be completely set apart to me

“most holy” or “completely holy” or “completely set apart”

2014EXO2937qk5hיִקְדָּֽשׁ1will be set apart to Yahweh

“will also become set apart”

2015EXO2938e4r9figs-idiomבְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה1General Information:

This is an idiom meaning one year old. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2016EXO2939qxstfigs-idiomבֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם1General Information:

The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2017EXO2940x6i4translate-fractionוְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן … רֶ֣בַע …רְבִעִ֥ית1a tenth…the fourth part

“1/10 of …1/4 of …1/4 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

2018EXO2940nd8qfigs-explicitוְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת1a tenth…the fourth part

Many commentators suggest that this means one tenth of an “ephah” even though “ephah” is not written. If your translation style retains the original measurement words, you may need to insert the word you are using for “ephah” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2019EXO2940oxsltranslate-bvolumeוְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת…רֶ֣בַע הַ⁠הִ֔ין…רְבִעִ֥ית הַ⁠הִ֖ין1a tenth…the fourth part

The values given in the UST are approximations, the exact size of an ephah and hin is not precisely known. An ephah (the implied measurement) may have been around 22 liters, so this is about 2.2 liters of flour. A hin may have been around 3.7 liters, so this is about one liter of both oil and wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])

2020EXO2941ibchfigs-idiomבֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם1a tenth…the fourth part

The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. See how you translated it in verse 39. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2021EXO2942j8cgלְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם1throughout your generations

“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.

2022EXO2942h5r7figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה1tent of meeting

This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2023EXO2943ic8ifigs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י1the tent will be set apart for me by my glory

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2024EXO2945zcs11General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2025EXO30introz3yc0

Exodus 30 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Atonement

The atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

2026EXO301r1f41General Information:

Yahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment.

2027EXO301v8vbfigs-you1You must make

Here you refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2028EXO302w56efigs-activepassive1Its horns must be made

These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in Exodus 27:2. Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2029EXO303d3uu1General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

2030EXO303ddb21the incense altar

“an altar to burn incense”

2031EXO304qyg4figs-activepassive1to be attached to it

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which you will attach to the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2032EXO305r61h1General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2033EXO306h33cfigs-explicit1ark of the testimony

The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:33. Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2034EXO306e52i1atonement lid

This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.

2035EXO306vg6kfigs-you1where I will meet with you

Here you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2036EXO307l2rl1General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

2037EXO308qm7i1throughout your generations

“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.

2038EXO309ckf91But you must offer

Though the word you is addressed to Moses, the instruction is given specifically to Aaron and his descendants as to when and what they are to offer on the altar of incense.

2039EXO3010ez2s1General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2040EXO3010k6xk1horns

These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:2.

2041EXO3010san21throughout your generations

“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.

2042EXO3012s73cfigs-you1When you take

Possible meanings are (1) you refers to just Moses or (2) you refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2043EXO3012k5p11a census of the Israelites

The leaders only counted the Israelite men.

2044EXO3013s69sfigs-activepassive1Everyone who is counted

This can be stated in active form. They counted only the men. Alternate translation: “Everyone you count” or “Every man you count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2045EXO3013i4wktranslate-bmoney1half a shekel of silver

“1/2 a shekel of silver.” Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “5.5 grams of silver” or “six grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

2046EXO3013nfp61according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary

There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used.

2047EXO3013id6dtranslate-unknown1twenty gerahs

“20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit that people used for measuring how much something very small weighed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2048EXO3014k4h9figs-metaphor1from twenty years old and up

Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2049EXO3015r7fd1General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2050EXO3015rll61the people

Only the men made this offering.

2051EXO3015e8xatranslate-bmoney1the half shekel

Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “the 5.5 grams of silver” or “the 6 grams of silver.” See how you translated this in Exodus 3:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

2052EXO3016z6tn1It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives

Possible meanings are (1) “It will remind the Israelites to make atonement for their lives” or (2) “It will remind the Israelites that they have made atonement for their lives.”

2053EXO3018ye18figs-you1You must also make

Here you refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2054EXO3018v88y1bronze basin

“bronze bowl” or “bronze tub”

2055EXO3018bh821a bronze stand

This is what the basin would be put on.

2056EXO3018iq8n1a basin for washing

This phrase explains what the priests were to use the large bronze basin for.

2057EXO3018m5li1the altar

the altar of sacrifice

2058EXO3019jq261General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

2059EXO3019ivb11water in it

“water in the basin”

2060EXO3021hp351for Aaron and his descendants throughout their peoples generations

“for Aaron and all the generations of his descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:14.

2061EXO3022p8n61General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

2062EXO3023m9g7translate-unknown1spices

dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

2063EXO3023zq43translate-numbers1five hundred shekels…250 shekels

“500 shekels…two hundred and fifty shekels.” A shekel is about 11 grams. Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “5.7 kilograms…11.4 kilograms” or “six kilograms…three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

2064EXO3023xga2translate-unknown1cinnamon…cane

These are sweet spices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

2065EXO3024p9jhtranslate-unknown1cassia

This is a sweet spice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

2066EXO3024n38ftranslate-bweight1the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary

There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in Exodus 30:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2067EXO3024dv89translate-bvolume1one hin

Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “3.7 liters” or “four liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

2068EXO3025juf31with these ingredients

“with these items”

2069EXO3025k3s51the work of a perfumer

Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it.

2070EXO3025yv9l1a perfumer

a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils

2071EXO3026f7k51General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2072EXO3026u241figs-you1You must anoint

Here you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2073EXO3026d4idfigs-explicit1ark of the testimony

The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:33. Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2074EXO3028v5mk1the altar for burnt offerings

“the altar on which offering were burnt”

2075EXO3029a9hr1General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2076EXO3029np7g1set them apart

This refers to the items listed in Exodus 30:26-28.

2077EXO3031k4s71throughout your peoples generations

“all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.

2078EXO3032w4dt1General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what Moses must tell the people.

2079EXO3032rlk4figs-activepassive1It must not be applied to peoples skin

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not put the anointing oil that is dedicated to Yahweh on a persons skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2080EXO3032v3br1with the same formula

“with the same ingredients” or “with the same items”

2081EXO3033pa53figs-metaphor1that person must be cut off from his people

The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2082EXO3034r3j21General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what to do. Yahweh gives the commands only to Moses: all instances of you are singular. However, the words “blended by a perfumer” might mean that Moses could have the perfumer take the spices, blend them, grind them, and give them to Moses so Moses could put part of the mixture in front of the ark, as in UST.

2083EXO3035as9yfigs-activepassive1Make it into the form of incense, blended by a perfumer

The phrase with “blended” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make it into the form of incense that a perfumer has blended” or “A perfumer must blend it into a kind of incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2084EXO3035y8yj1blended by a perfumer

Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in Exodus 30:25.

2085EXO3036nz2afigs-you1You will grind it

“You will crush it.” Here you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2086EXO3036t8y9figs-you1You will regard

Here you is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2087EXO3037z4p51General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2088EXO3037dq6c1you must not make any

The word you here refers to the people of Israel.

2089EXO3037yv1y1with the same formula

“with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:32.

2090EXO3037wh251It must be most holy to you

“You must consider it to be most holy”

2091EXO3038xn6v1perfume

This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body.

2092EXO3038sa1mfigs-metaphor1must be cut off from his people

The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:33. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2093EXO31introwfk70

Exodus 31 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of Exodus recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

Special concepts in this chapter

Sabbath

As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

2094EXO312m8jufigs-metonymy1I have called by name

God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2095EXO312hf5rtranslate-names1Bezalel…Uri…Hur

These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2096EXO313ayb91General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2097EXO313f7skfigs-metaphor1I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit

Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his Spirit as if Bezalel were a container and Gods Spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my Spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2098EXO313r6i5figs-abstractnouns1for all kinds of craftsmanship

The abstract noun “craftsmanship” can be translated as “making crafts” or “making things.” Alternate translation: “for making all kinds of crafts” or “so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

2099EXO316qk4r1General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2100EXO316jh61translate-names1Oholiab…Ahisamak

These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2101EXO316wcq71I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise

God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well”

2102EXO317jc781tent of meeting

This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.

2103EXO317m58bfigs-explicit1ark of the testimony

The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:33. Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2104EXO317z5s41atonement lid

This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.

2105EXO318h84n1incense altar

“altar to burn incense.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:3.

2106EXO319cvl71altar for burnt offerings

“altar on which offering were burnt.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:28.

2107EXO3110hn881General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2108EXO3111z1u21These craftsmen

“These people who are skilled in making beautiful things”

2109EXO3113i1lwfigs-metaphor1You must certainly keep Yahwehs Sabbath days

God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahwehs instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2110EXO3113gw131throughout your peoples generations

“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.

2111EXO3113h75afigs-metaphor1who sets you apart for himself

God speaks of choosing people to be his as setting them apart for himself. Alternate translation: “who has chosen you to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2112EXO3114g83pfigs-activepassive1for it must be treated by you as holy

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you must treat it as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2113EXO3114mv4lfigs-metaphor1Everyone who defiles it

God speaks of treating the Sabbath with disrespect as defiling it. Alternate translation: “Everyone who treats the Sabbath with disrespect” or “Everyone who does not obey the laws about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2114EXO3114plq5figs-activepassive1must surely be put to death

“must surely be killed.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2115EXO3114fz1gfigs-metaphor1must surely be cut off from his people

The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “Yahweh will no longer consider him to be one of his people” (2) “you must surely send him away” or (3) “you must surely kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2116EXO3115v4dvtranslate-numbers1but the seventh day

“but day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2117EXO3116iv7a1General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell the people of Israel.

2118EXO3116t9hwfigs-metaphor1must keep the Sabbath

God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “must obey Yahwehs instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2119EXO3116n7q21They must observe it throughout their peoples generations

“They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their peoples generations” in Exodus 12:42.

2120EXO3116yef81lasting covenant

“a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in Exodus 28:43.

2121EXO3118xc6hfigs-activepassive1written on by his own hand

This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2122EXO32introvv2w0

Exodus 32 General Notes

Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

Special concepts in this chapter

Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2123EXO321cfk8figs-metaphor1the people saw

Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2124EXO321k2i11Come, make us an idol

The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them.

2125EXO321mrb51go before us

“lead us” or “be our leader”

2126EXO322p86s1bring them to me

The word “them” refers to the golden rings.

2127EXO323ckg21All the people

This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Moses God as their God.

2128EXO324uf9e1fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf

Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf.

2129EXO325ztx4figs-explicit1When Aaron saw this

You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2130EXO326as6u1to carouse in wild celebration

“to have a wild party.” The people likely behaved in sexually immoral ways at the party.

2131EXO328eua5figs-metaphor1left the way that I commanded them

Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “have stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2132EXO329bh7cfigs-metaphor1I have seen this people

Here Yahweh compares knowing the people to seeing them. Alternate translation: “I know this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2133EXO329ffe2figs-metaphor1a stiff-necked people

Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had stiff necks. Alternate translation: “a stubborn people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2134EXO3210fmk31Now then

The word “now” is used here to mark a break in what Yahweh was telling Moses. Here Yahweh tells what he will do to the people.

2135EXO3210sd9wfigs-metaphor1My anger will burn hot against them

Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a fire that could burn hot. Alternate translation: “My anger towards them will be terrible” or “I am extremely angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2136EXO3210vc2ufigs-you1from you

The word you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2137EXO3211h62efigs-metaphor1why does your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand?

Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand.” or “Do not be so angry with your people…a mighty hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

2138EXO3211t2cvfigs-doublet1great power…mighty hand

These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

2139EXO3211ph43figs-metonymy1a mighty hand

Here the word “hand” refers to the things Yahweh did. Alternate translation: “and the powerful things you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2140EXO3212k26p1General Information:

Moses continues to reason with God not to destroy Israel.

2141EXO3212r8ijfigs-rquestion1Why should the Egyptians say, He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?

Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

2142EXO3212kzh71face of the earth

“from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth”

2143EXO3212fns11Turn from your burning anger

“Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry”

2144EXO3212p1dffigs-metaphor1your burning anger

Moses speaks of Gods anger as if it were a fire that was burning. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2145EXO3213t9sa1Call to mind Abraham

“Remember Abraham” or “Think about Abraham”

2146EXO3213p8jq1you swore

“you made an oath” or “you solemnly promised”

2147EXO3213q1g1figs-metaphor1They will inherit it forever

God speaks about them possessing the land as if they would inherit it. Alternate translation: “They will possess it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2148EXO3215cx7z1tablets of the covenant decrees

These are the two stone slabs on which God had engraved his commandments.

2149EXO3216w3uafigs-parallelism1The tablets were Gods own work, and the writing was Gods own writing

These two phrases share similar meanings. The second explains how the tablets were “Gods own work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

2150EXO3217cua3figs-explicit1he said to Moses

It is assumed that Joshua met Moses while Moses was going back to the camp. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2151EXO3219hr2j1the tablets

“the two stone slabs that Yahweh had written on”

2152EXO3221du5lfigs-quotations1Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?”

This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people do to him, that he have brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

2153EXO3221np73figs-metaphor1you have brought such a great sin on them

Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to sin so terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2154EXO3222z2chfigs-metaphor1Do not let your anger burn hot

Aaron spoke of Moses anger as if it were a fire that could burn. “Do not be so angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2155EXO3222vdy2figs-metaphor1they are set on doing evil

Being determined to do evil is spoken of as being set on evil. Alternate translation: “they are determined to do what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2156EXO3223zn681this Moses

People showed disrespect by putting the word “this” before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust.

2157EXO3224yq7sfigs-quotations1So I said to them, Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.

This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

2158EXO3224b3l51I threw it into the fire, and out came this calf

Instead of taking ownership for making the calf, Aaron claims the calf came out of the fire supernaturally.

2159EXO3225ck1f1were running wild

“were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves”

2160EXO3226jis7figs-quotations1Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahwehs side, come to me.”

This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses stood at the entrance to the camp and said that whoever was on Yahwehs side should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

2161EXO3226ryb5figs-metaphor1Whoever is on Yahwehs side

Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being on Yahwehs side. Alternate translation: “Whoever is loyal to Yahweh” or “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2162EXO3227xsl31go back and forth from entrance to entrance

“go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp”

2163EXO3228at4itranslate-numbers1three thousand of the people

“3000 of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2164EXO3229jzp11You have been placed into Yahwehs service

This probably means “You have been chosen to serve Yahweh” or “You have become Yahwehs servants.”

2165EXO3229c6fgfigs-explicit1for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother

The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2166EXO3230r5fn1You have committed a very great sin

They worshiped an idol.

2167EXO3230yi3efigs-metaphor1Perhaps I can make atonement for your sin

Moses spoke of persuading God to forgive the people as if he could make atonement for their sin. Alternate translation: “Perhaps I can persuade Yahweh to forgive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2168EXO3232c72yfigs-metonymy1blot me out of the book

The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2169EXO3232ahb3figs-explicit1the book that you have written

What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2170EXO3233igb4figs-metonymy1that person I will blot out of my book

The phrase “that person” represents “that persons name.” Alternate translation: “I will erase that persons name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2171EXO3233qwk91my book

This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in Exodus 32:32.

2172EXO3234xn8p1But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them

On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them.

2173EXO3235ddg61Yahweh sent a plague on the people

This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick”

2174EXO3235wv1v1they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made

Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf”

2175EXO33introg5k30

Exodus 33 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Covenant

While the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

2176EXO331p8xp1General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger.

2177EXO333yyt4figs-metonymy1that land, which is flowing with milk and honey

The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in Exodus 3:8. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2178EXO333y3471flowing with

“full of” or “with an abundance of”

2179EXO333ck4mfigs-metonymy1milk

Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2180EXO333a4ctfigs-metonymy1honey

Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2181EXO333ah5t1a stubborn people

“people who refuse to change”

2182EXO334cf7g1jewelry

beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings with jewels in them

2183EXO335rzr51a stubborn people

“people who refuse to change.” See how you translated this in Exodus 33:3.

2184EXO339yt4ffigs-metaphor1the pillar of cloud

The cloud had the shape of a pillar. See how you translated this in Exodus 13:22. Alternate translation: “the cloud shaped like a pillar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2185EXO339vam7figs-explicit1would come down

Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2186EXO3311zrb8figs-metaphor1Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face

Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions, is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each others faces while they spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2187EXO3311ika81young man

Joshua was old enough to be a soldier, but he was much younger than Moses

2188EXO3312unz81See

“Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”

2189EXO3312w7fsfigs-idiom1I know you by name

To know someone by name is to know them well. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2190EXO3312a7jrfigs-idiom1you have also found favor in my eyes

Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing Gods evaluation. Alternate translation: “I have evaluated you and approve” or “I am pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2191EXO3313e6vvfigs-idiom1Now if I have found favor in your eyes

Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing Gods evaluation. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2192EXO3313zi7j1show me your ways

Possible meanings: (1) “show me what you are going to do in the future” or (2) “show me how people can do what pleases you.”

2193EXO3314gh8qfigs-metonymy1My own presence will go

Gods presence represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2194EXO3314hl15figs-you1go with you…give you

The word you here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2195EXO3314hc5n1I will give you rest

“I will let you rest”

2196EXO3316d36k1For otherwise

“For if your presence does not go with us”

2197EXO3316tu8efigs-activepassive1how will it be known

This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: how will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2198EXO3316cgl8figs-rquestion1how will it be known…people?

Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in Gods sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know…people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

2199EXO3316u82a1Will it not only be if

“Will it not only be known if”

2200EXO3317aln2figs-you1General Information:

When Yahweh uses the word you in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2201EXO3317ln7yfigs-idiom1you have found favor in my eyes

Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in Exodus 33:12. Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2202EXO3317u2nvfigs-idiom1I know you by name

To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in Exodus 33:12. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2203EXO3319sx1afigs-metonymy1I will make all my goodness pass before you

God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2204EXO3321s4iy1See

“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”

2205EXO3323fmu81you will see my back

This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses.

2206EXO3323gw1nfigs-activepassive1but my face will not be seen

This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2207EXO34introsmp60

Exodus 34 General Notes

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“He will bring the punishment for the fathers sin on their children”

This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parents sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

2208EXO341s1kv1tablets of stone

“flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in Exodus 31:18

2209EXO343fk8z1General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2210EXO343ck6dfigs-metonymy1Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain

Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2211EXO343x3rx1No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain

“Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”

2212EXO345sp7f1stood with Moses there

“stood with Moses on the mountain”

2213EXO345r9eyfigs-metonymy1he pronounced the name “Yahweh.”

Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, “name” would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2214EXO346fz1qfigs-123person1Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious

God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

2215EXO346e1k31abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness

“always showing covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness”

2216EXO346j7wefigs-abstractnouns1abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness

The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

2217EXO347lt2jfigs-abstractnouns1keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations

The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 20:6. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

2218EXO347q7z8figs-123person1But he will

Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

2219EXO347x397figs-123person1he will by no means clear the guilty

Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I will by no means clear the guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

2220EXO347ts1b1will by no means clear the guilty

“will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people”

2221EXO347px85figs-metaphor1He will bring the punishment for the fathers sin on their children

Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2222EXO347c3tbfigs-metonymy1their children

The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2223EXO349mh3afigs-idiom1If now I have found favor in your eyes

Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in Exodus 33:12. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2224EXO349hw66figs-doublet1our iniquity and our sin

The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

2225EXO349n6e5figs-metaphor1take us as your inheritance

Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2226EXO3410zdq6figs-you1your people

Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2227EXO3410bj1afigs-idiom1it is a fearful thing that I am doing with you

A fearful thing is a thing that causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear God when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “what I do for you will cause people to fear me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

2228EXO3410s7uzfigs-you1I am doing with you

Here you refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

2229EXO3412b4591General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Here he tells him what Moses and the people must do.

2230EXO3412lxz8figs-metaphor1they will become a trap among you

People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a trap. Alternate translation: “they will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2231EXO3414vmx2figs-metonymy1Yahweh, whose name is Jealous

The word “Jealous” here means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, always guard my honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2232EXO3414s5sdfigs-metonymy1whose name is Jealous,

The word “name” here represents Gods character. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, who am always jealous” or “I, Yahweh, am always jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2233EXO3415f1e31Connecting Statement:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses how his people are to behave towards outsiders.

2234EXO3415gtd8figs-metaphor1for they prostitute themselves to their gods

God speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. Alternate translation: “for they worship other gods” or “because they worship other gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2235EXO3415bj2ifigs-explicit1you will eat some of his sacrifice

The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2236EXO3418s1rr1General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2237EXO3418u5betranslate-numbers1seven days

“7 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2238EXO3418i5cktranslate-hebrewmonths1in the month of Aviv

This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated “Aviv” in Exodus 13:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2239EXO3419ly7d1General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

2240EXO3420yz8x1buy back

Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh.

2241EXO3420u2p5figs-metonymy1No one may appear before me empty-handed

God speaks of the offering as if the person was to carry it in his hands. Alternate translation: “No one may come to me without an offering” or “Everyone who comes to me must bring me an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2242EXO3421w9ed1General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

2243EXO3421swm81Even at plowing time and in harvest

“Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops”

2244EXO3422d13l1Festival of Ingathering

This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. The word “Ingathering” means when they harvest their crop.

2245EXO3423zh581General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

2246EXO3425zx2v1General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2247EXO3425e8v2figs-explicit1the blood of my sacrifice

The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2248EXO3425k2f7figs-explicit1with any yeast

The fact that any yeast would be in bread can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with bread that has yeast in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2249EXO3428mm6l1Moses was there

“Moses was on the mountain”

2250EXO3428j9t4translate-numbers1forty days

“40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2251EXO3428wt1c1for forty days and nights

“for forty days, both day and night”

2252EXO3428yun21He wrote

“Moses wrote”

2253EXO3429d9zk1had become radiant

“had started to shine”

2254EXO3431jfb41came up to him

“approached him” or “went to him.” They did not go up the mountain.

2255EXO3432kt23figs-metaphor1all the commands that Yahweh had given him

Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2256EXO3434fzm11he would remove

“Moses would remove”

2257EXO3434m1svfigs-activepassive1what he was commanded

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2258EXO35introlew90

Exodus 35 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Sacrifice

All of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

2259EXO352c559translate-ordinal1the seventh day

“day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

2260EXO352zij9figs-activepassive1Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2261EXO354jdb81General Information:

In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.

2262EXO355h5c81General Information:

In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.

2263EXO355n2c81Take an offering for Yahweh

“Take up a collection for Yahweh”

2264EXO355y2x6figs-synecdoche1all of you who have a willing heart

Here “heart” refers to the person bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “everyone who is willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

2265EXO356r12v1General Information:

In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.

2266EXO357nmv41General Information:

In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.

2267EXO357l5bq1ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides

See how you translated similar phrases in Exodus 25:5.

2268EXO358ikm41General Information:

In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.

2269EXO359f1dd1General Information:

In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.

2270EXO3510c31r1General Information:

Moses continues telling the people what God commanded them to do.

2271EXO3510dc4b1Every skilled man

“Every man with a skill”

2272EXO3511j5t71clasps

The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in Exodus 26:6.

2273EXO3511syn41bases

These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:31.

2274EXO3512rj7s1atonement lid

This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.

2275EXO3513x3tl1They brought

“The people of Israel brought”

2276EXO3513l6411bread of the presence

This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:30.

2277EXO3516h1161bronze grate

This is a frame of crossed bronze bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated “grate” in Exodus 27:4.

2278EXO3517h8zl1hangings

These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36.

2279EXO3517x54f1posts

These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in Exodus 27:10.

2280EXO3517xtm81bases

These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19.

2281EXO3518n44r1tent pegs

sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:19.

2282EXO3519x1pc1finely-woven garments

This was clothing made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8.

2283EXO3520w6rgfigs-metonymy1all the tribes of Israel

This refers to the people in the tribes. Alternate translation: “the people from all the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

2284EXO3521b9wkfigs-synecdoche1whose heart stirred him up

Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2285EXO3521be9zfigs-synecdoche1whom his spirit made willing

Here “spirit” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “who was willing” or “who wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

2286EXO3522mwx8figs-synecdoche1all who had a willing heart

Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “everyone who was willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

2287EXO3522wwp21brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments

These are different kinds of jewelry.

2288EXO3523s3ky1Everyone who had…brought them

For 35:23 see how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:4-5.

2289EXO3525ebm51blue, purple, or scarlet wool

Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 25:4.

2290EXO3526k1gyfigs-synecdoche1whose hearts stirred them up

Here “hearts” refers to the women. The hearts of the women who responded to God are spoken of as if they were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2291EXO3527f13n1The leaders brought…breastpiece

For 35:27 see how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:7.

2292EXO3528h3a11they brought spices…fragrant incense

For 35:28 see how you translated many similar words in Exodus 25:6

2293EXO3529li5zfigs-synecdoche1whose heart was willing

Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “who was willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

2294EXO3530z1e21Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah

See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2

2295EXO3531gse9figs-metaphor1He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit

Gods Spirit who gave Bezalel the ability to work is spoken of here as if he was something that filled up Bezalel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2296EXO3531zd741filled Bezalel…craftsmanship

See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 31:3

2297EXO3532r7e31to make artistic designs…bronze

See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 31:4

2298EXO3533fj6f1also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship

See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 31:5

2299EXO3534a1r81General Information:

Moses continues speaking to the people.

2300EXO3534xd67figs-synecdoche1He has put it in his heart to teach

Here “heart” refers to Bezalel. The ability to teach is spoken of as if it something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “He gave Bezalel the ability to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2301EXO3534ab2ztranslate-names1Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan

“Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2302EXO3535rcv9figs-metaphor1filled them with skill

Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2303EXO3535me141engravers

a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal

2304EXO3535u7tf1embroiderers

people who sew designs into cloth

2305EXO3535r8zk1craftsmen

people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand

2306EXO3535cw3x1weavers

a person who creates cloth using thread

2307EXO3535a6c31artistic designers

a person who creates beauty with materials

2308EXO36intronz4n0

Exodus 36 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Tent of meeting

The tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

2309EXO361ubk21General Information:

Moses continues speaking to the people.

2310EXO361ds99translate-names1Bezalel

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2311EXO361tl5btranslate-names1Oholiab

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2312EXO361tr3pfigs-metaphor1to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability

Here skill and ability are spoken of as if they are something that Yahweh can place inside a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2313EXO361mdi41according to all that Yahweh has commanded

“just as Yahweh has commanded”

2314EXO362tgn2translate-names1Bezalel

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2315EXO362wq6qtranslate-names1Oholiab

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2316EXO362tda7figs-synecdoche1in whose mind Yahweh had given skill

Here “mind” refers to the person who was made skillful by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to whom Yahweh had given skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

2317EXO362yuq8figs-synecdoche1whose heart stirred within him

Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2318EXO365tni7figs-quotations1The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.”

The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])

2319EXO365pd951The craftsmen told Moses

“The men working on the sanctuary told Moses”

2320EXO368kw331General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:1.

2321EXO368l7ub1ten curtains made from fine linen

These curtains are sheets of cloth woven and sewed together so that they can hang to form a wall or tent.

2322EXO368s2hutranslate-names1Bezalel

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2323EXO369p2mr1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:2.

2324EXO3610z6sq1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:3.

2325EXO3611yw911General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:4.

2326EXO3611qh6e1He made

Here “he” refers to Bezalel, but it includes all the men working on the sanctuary.

2327EXO3611y7vq1loops of blue

loops of blue cloth

2328EXO3611i4ba1curtain

These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:1.

2329EXO3612k1qq1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:5.

2330EXO3613z2zi1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:6.

2331EXO3613j75xtranslate-numbers1fifty gold clasps

“50 gold clasps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2332EXO3614m2ac1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:7.

2333EXO3614us17translate-numbers1made eleven

“made 11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2334EXO3615fa6i1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:8.

2335EXO3615ret8translate-numbers1thirty cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 13.8m … 184cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2336EXO3616wwj61General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:9.

2337EXO3617qt9b1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:10.

2338EXO3617jm1ltranslate-numbers1fifty loops

“50 loops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2339EXO3618mq1j1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:11.

2340EXO3618a7mntranslate-numbers1fifty bronze clasps

“50 bronze clasps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2341EXO3619p3ke1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:14.

2342EXO3620t7391General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:15.

2343EXO3621prx51General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:16.

2344EXO3621gci3translate-bdistance1ten cubits…one and a half cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 4.6m … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2345EXO3622l8yx1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:17.

2346EXO3622vq4m1two wooden pegs for joining

A wooden peg is a small piece of wood sticking out beyond the end of the board so it can be secured.

2347EXO3623ev651General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:18.

2348EXO3624ln2x1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:19.

2349EXO3624u5uetranslate-numbers1forty silver bases

“40 silver bases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2350EXO3624yx4btranslate-numbers1twenty frames

“20 frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2351EXO3625w2wz1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:20.

2352EXO3626gbm91General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:21.

2353EXO3626b9dy1and so on

There will be two bases under each and every frame.

2354EXO3627a7js1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:22.

2355EXO3627m6ue1on the west

on the side that is on the west

2356EXO3628hw9c1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:23.

2357EXO3628ma1f1for the back corners

for the corners at the rear of the tabernacle

2358EXO3629u3961General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:24.

2359EXO3630mu5n1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:25.

2360EXO3630zls4translate-numbers1sixteen bases in all

“16 bases in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2361EXO3630r2521and so on

There will be two bases under each and every frame.

2362EXO3631cf2p1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:26.

2363EXO3632p4wd1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:27.

2364EXO3632tc6s1to the west

on the west side

2365EXO3633h94y1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:28.

2366EXO3633lk9f1from end to end

from one side of the tabernacle to the other side

2367EXO3634i17v1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:29.

2368EXO3635pfc51General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:31.

2369EXO3636hg2q1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:32.

2370EXO3637r5ya1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:36.

2371EXO3637vv611He made

Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made”

2372EXO3637neu21a hanging

a curtain

2373EXO3638pr671General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:37.

2374EXO37intromt990

Exodus 37 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

The ark of the covenant

The ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

2375EXO371byr31General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:10.

2376EXO371xz1ttranslate-names1Bezalel

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2377EXO371ps6etranslate-bdistance1two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2378EXO372kb3s1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:11.

2379EXO373pb6v1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:12.

2380EXO373ut8dfigs-metaphor1its four feet

These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2381EXO374nr8y1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:13.

2382EXO374n9kr1He made

Though “he” refers to Bezalel, “he” may include all of the workers who assisted him.

2383EXO375v9j71General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:14.

2384EXO376liw81General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:17.

2385EXO376ba8atranslate-bdistance1two and a half cubits…one and a half cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2386EXO377nhi31General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:18.

2387EXO378g96y1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:19.

2388EXO378y13sfigs-activepassive1They were made as one piece

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made them as one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2389EXO379e6na1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:20.

2390EXO379r7nmfigs-personification1The cherubim spread out their wings upward and overshadowed

Bezalel placed the statues of the cherubim as if they were real cherubim which were spreading their wings and overshadowing the atonement lid. Alternate translation: “They placed the winged creatures so that their wings touched each other and spread out over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

2391EXO379zsq11The cherubim faced one another and looked toward

“The faces of the cherubim were towards each other, and they looked toward”

2392EXO3710ktf81General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:23.

2393EXO3710fnt3translate-bdistance1two cubits…one cubit…one and a half cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 92cm … 46cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2394EXO3711l2kv1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:24.

2395EXO3712i1ba1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:25.

2396EXO3712j4iqtranslate-bdistance1handbreadth

This was the width of a mans hand with fingers spread out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2397EXO3713b56c1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:26.

2398EXO3713k69zfigs-metaphor1the four feet

These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

2399EXO3714tc3u1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:27.

2400EXO3714b3mafigs-activepassive1The rings were attached

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel attached the rings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2401EXO3715zkr81General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:28.

2402EXO3716h5981General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:29.

2403EXO3716ui2rfigs-explicit1dishes, spoons, the bowls, and pitchers to be used to pour out the offerings

It is only the bowls and pitchers that are used to pour out the offerings. Alternate translation: “plates and cups, and also the jars and bowls which the priests will use for pouring out the offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2404EXO3717edx61General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:31.

2405EXO3717wp6l1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2406EXO3717s977figs-activepassive1Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers were all made of one piece with it

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2407EXO3718kuh21General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:32.

2408EXO3719g1y91General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:33.

2409EXO3719j6vzfigs-activepassive1three cups made like almond blossoms

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he made the 3 cups look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2410EXO3719cbe61almond blossoms

An almond blossom is a white or pink flower with five petals that grows on an almond tree.

2411EXO3720nl541General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:34.

2412EXO3720bx63figs-activepassive1there were four cups made like almond blossoms

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there were 4 cups which Bezalel made to look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2413EXO3721x1u51General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:35.

2414EXO3721v3c2figs-activepassive1made as one piece with it

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which he made as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2415EXO3722ks9z1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:36.

2416EXO3723b2jq1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:37-38.

2417EXO3723r4y11Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2418EXO3723njx71tongs

This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects.

2419EXO3724uz5h1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:39.

2420EXO3724arz1translate-bweight1one talent

“33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2421EXO3725el8w1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:1-2.

2422EXO3725li9d1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2423EXO3725c8mgtranslate-bdistance1cubit

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 92cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2424EXO3725xq8kfigs-activepassive1Its horns were made as one piece with it

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2425EXO3726ep661General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:3.

2426EXO3727zez21General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:4.

2427EXO3727d2v91Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2428EXO3727p89dfigs-activepassive1to be attached to it

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they attached to the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2429EXO3728hw371General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:5.

2430EXO3729c9921General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:25.

2431EXO3729z6851fragrant incense

See how you translated this in Exodus 25:6.

2432EXO3729akg91the work of a perfumer

A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils.

2433EXO38introhp860

Exodus 38 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

The altar

The altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

Materials

The list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2434EXO381r81c1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:1.

2435EXO381gk191Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2436EXO381g5extranslate-bdistance1cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3m … 2.3m … 138cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2437EXO382g71x1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:2.

2438EXO382se9lfigs-activepassive1The horns were made of one piece

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2439EXO383v73t1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:3.

2440EXO384rx7v1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:4 and Exodus 27:5.

2441EXO384nb1q1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2442EXO384g5rbfigs-activepassive1to be placed under the ledge

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they placed under the ledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2443EXO385kp6w1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:4.

2444EXO386l2581General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:6.

2445EXO386ihi91Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2446EXO387ys631General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:7-8.

2447EXO387wa8g1planks

a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board

2448EXO388tqi91Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2449EXO388e6gd1large bronze basin with a bronze stand

The stand supported the bronze basin. See how you translated this in Exodus 30:18.

2450EXO388mdx9figs-explicit1He made the basin out of mirrors

The bronze came from the mirrors. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “The bronze for the basin came from the mirrors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2451EXO388e1wq1mirrors

A mirror is a piece of polished metal or glass that reflects an image.

2452EXO389clk61General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:9.

2453EXO389j2nq1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2454EXO389i24atranslate-numbers1one hundred

“100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2455EXO389su7etranslate-bdistance1cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2456EXO3810nz6q1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:10.

2457EXO3810x9jntranslate-numbers1twenty

“20” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2458EXO3811mp6n1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:11.

2459EXO3811kl3htranslate-numbers1one hundred…twenty

“100…20” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2460EXO3811xl4ctranslate-bdistance1cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2461EXO3812g5iz1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:12.

2462EXO3812vuw5translate-numbers1fifty…ten

“50…10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2463EXO3813iju31General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:13.

2464EXO3813fw1ktranslate-numbers1fifty

“50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2465EXO3813jl57translate-bdistance1cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2466EXO3814n1xj1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:14.

2467EXO3814b85etranslate-numbers1fifteen…three

“15…3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2468EXO3815dlq71General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:15.

2469EXO3816s5zffigs-activepassive1All the hangings around the courtyard were made of fine linen

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made all the hangings around the courtyard with fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2470EXO3817s5g51General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:17.

2471EXO3817r7g6figs-activepassive1The bases for the posts were made of bronze

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made the bases for the posts out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2472EXO3817va1mfigs-activepassive1The hooks and rods for the posts were made of silver, and the covering for the tops of the posts was also made of silver

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the hooks, the rods for the posts, and the covering for the tops of the posts out of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2473EXO3817i3bffigs-activepassive1All the courtyard posts were covered with silver

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They covered the courtyard posts with silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2474EXO3818hmi51General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:16.

2475EXO3818h4kitranslate-numbers1twenty…five

“20…5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2476EXO3818yf6ztranslate-bdistance1cubits

You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m … 9.2m … 9.2m … 2.3m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2477EXO3818trz5figs-activepassive1The curtain was made of

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the curtain out of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2478EXO3819fjw41General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:17.

2479EXO3819kqf3translate-numbers1four

“4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2480EXO3819a2ixfigs-activepassive1The covering for their tops and its rods were made of silver

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the covering for the tops of the posts and their rods out of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2481EXO3820ye5c1General Information

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:19.

2482EXO3820p55dfigs-activepassive1All the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard were made of bronze

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made all of the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2483EXO3821wqi51Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2484EXO3821k2exfigs-activepassive1as it was taken

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses instructed the Levites to write down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2485EXO3821ex1ttranslate-names1Ithamar

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in Exodus 6:23. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2486EXO3822d86gtranslate-names1Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur

“Bezalel” and “uri” are the name of men. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2487EXO3822i4ha1Yahweh had commanded Moses

“everything that Yahweh told Moses to do”

2488EXO3823f93btranslate-names1Oholiab son of Ahisamak

“Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2489EXO3823wvw41an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer

“as a skilled engraver and embroiderer”

2490EXO3824tl4kfigs-activepassive1All the gold that was used for the project

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the people used for the project” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2491EXO3824y7hytranslate-numbers1twenty-nine talents

A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “29 talents” or “about 960 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2492EXO3824tg3ftranslate-numbers1730 shekels

A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “seven hundred and thirty shekels” or “about 8 kilograms.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2493EXO3824f6sqtranslate-bweight1measured by the standard of the sanctuary shekel

There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in Exodus 30:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2494EXO3825ni5btranslate-numbers1one hundred talents

A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents” or “about 330 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2495EXO3825gn9ftranslate-numbers11,775 shekels

A shekel is 11 grams. “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” or “about 20 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2496EXO3825egg4figs-activepassive1The silver given by the community

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The silver which the community gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2497EXO3826t2gitranslate-bweight1one beka

A beka is 1/2 a shekel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2498EXO3826fyy5translate-bweight1half a shekel

A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “1/2 a shekel” or “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

2499EXO3826ll8b1This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census

Every man who was 20 years old or older was included in the census and was required to give half a shekel.

2500EXO3826c69ctranslate-numbers1twenty years old

“20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2501EXO3827p7r5translate-bweight1One hundred talents of silver were cast

A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “The workers cast 100 talents of silver” or “The workers cast 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2502EXO3827n8z7translate-numbers1One hundred talents

“100 talents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2503EXO3828k2fitranslate-numbers11,775 shekels

“one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2504EXO3828ii3ytranslate-bmoney1shekels

A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])

2505EXO3828nxf5translate-names1Bezalel

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2506EXO3829p3mrtranslate-numbers1seventy talents and 2,400 shekels

“70 talents and two thousand four hundred shekels.” This would be about 2,300 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

2507EXO3830zfk81General Information:

Bezalels work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.

2508EXO3830rck71grate

This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:4.

2509EXO3831bvr91tent pegs

These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:19.

2510EXO39intromll60

Exodus 39 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

The holy clothing

The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

2511EXO391s66r1General Information:

Bezalels work crew shifts to making the priestly garments.

2512EXO391ys6l1they made

The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen.

2513EXO391h8kg1as Yahweh had commanded Moses

“just as Yahweh told Moses to do”

2514EXO392b9mg1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:6.

2515EXO392ain41Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2516EXO392p5xytranslate-names1Bezalel

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2517EXO394c7lu1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:7.

2518EXO394pq621Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2519EXO395g75w1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:8.

2520EXO395wf2ifigs-activepassive1it was made of one piece with the ephod, made of fine twined linen

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they made it as one piece with the ephod with fine twisted linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2521EXO395cc561as Yahweh had commanded Moses

“just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in Exodus 39:1.

2522EXO396k7vw1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:9 and Exodus 28:11.

2523EXO396h1bz1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2524EXO396naa81signet

This was an engraved stone that was used to stamp a design in a wax seal. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:11.

2525EXO396ajh3translate-numbers1twelve sons

“12 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

2526EXO397ize61General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:12.

2527EXO397d24m1as Yahweh had commanded Moses

“just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in Exodus 39:1.

2528EXO398mlf61General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:15.

2529EXO398gj9p1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2530EXO398k7b61He made

“Bezalel made” or “Bezalel and the workers made”

2531EXO399lkt11General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:16.

2532EXO399f4mstranslate-bdistance1span

A span is 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])

2533EXO3910xzb81General Information:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2534EXO3910m54c1They set in it

“The workers set in the breastpiece”

2535EXO3910cmv1translate-unknown1ruby, a topaz, and a garnet

Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

2536EXO3911qx96translate-unknown1an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond

Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

2537EXO3912kk8ttranslate-unknown1a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst

Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:19. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

2538EXO3913l9watranslate-unknown1a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper

Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:20. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

2539EXO3913h3bwfigs-activepassive1The stones were mounted in gold settings

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They mounted the stones in gold settings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2540EXO3914z5va1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:21.

2541EXO3914a9bw1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2542EXO3914yby8figs-activepassive1The stones were arranged

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers arranged the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2543EXO3915byz81General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:22.

2544EXO3916b8m61General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:23-24.

2545EXO3917w2s41General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:24.

2546EXO3917v4i51Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2547EXO3917lc2x1two braided chains

“chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated this in Exodus 28:14.

2548EXO3918bw761General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:25.

2549EXO3919nd411General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:26.

2550EXO3919del51Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2551EXO3920w8wz1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:27.

2552EXO3920l1dz1finely-woven waistband

This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8.

2553EXO3921zu911General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:28.

2554EXO3921uq611Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2555EXO3921h1ybfigs-activepassive1so that it might be attached

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they could attach it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2556EXO3921scn8figs-doublenegatives1the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod

The double negative can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

2557EXO3922vdw11General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:31-32.

2558EXO3922n25q1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2559EXO3922p8nvtranslate-names1Bezalel

This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2560EXO3923cyc11General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:32.

2561EXO3924eak61General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:33.

2562EXO3925sx9b1General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:34-35.

2563EXO3925f8t31Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments as commanded in Exodus 28:34-35.

2564EXO3925x1ww1bells of pure gold

These were tiny bells.

2565EXO3926gtg51General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:34-35.

2566EXO3927pz631General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:39.

2567EXO3927rp6p1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments.

2568EXO3928um4e1turban

This is a head covering worn by men made of a long strip of cloth wound around the head. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.

2569EXO3928jex81headbands

A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:40.

2570EXO3928c4prfigs-explicit1undergarments

This is clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:42. Alternate translation: “underwear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2571EXO3929hn5g1sash

This is a long piece of cloth worn over the shoulder or around the waist. See how you translated this word in Exodus 28:4

2572EXO3930kq331General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:36.

2573EXO3930m6jj1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to make the priestly garments..

2574EXO3930d85k1holy crown

This was an engraved crown made of pure gold. See how you translated this in Exodus 29:6.

2575EXO3931fml21General Information:

See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:37.

2576EXO3932jh641General Information:

The Israelites finish making the things Yahweh commanded in Exodus 35:4-9 and Exodus 35:10-12.

2577EXO3932z1z7figs-doublet1So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything

The “tabernacle” and “tent of meeting” are the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people of Israel finished all of the work on the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2578EXO3933y9ym1clasps

The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in Exodus 26:6.

2579EXO3933b3q31bases

These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:31.

2580EXO3934z6r61the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather

See how you translated similar phrases in this in Exodus 25:5.

2581EXO3935i7d91atonement lid

This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.

2582EXO3936lvq31Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.

2583EXO3936knn81bread of the presence

This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:30.

2584EXO3939e7551grate

This is a frame of crossed bars that held wood while burning. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:4.

2585EXO3940i8lm1Connecting Statement:

Bezalels work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.

2586EXO3940m3x91They brought

“The people of Israel brought”

2587EXO3940ajt41the tabernacle, the tent of meeting

These refer to the same place.

2588EXO3942ct6k1Thus the people

“And so the people”

2589EXO3943t26m1behold

The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows.

2590EXO3943z79s1As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it

“They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them”

2591EXO40introfa6e0

Exodus 40 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahwehs command.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“Yahwehs glory filled the tabernacle”

This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

2592EXO402crr5translate-hebrewmonths1the first day of the first month of the new year

The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

2593EXO403iv521General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2594EXO403l7fp1place the ark of the testimony in it

“place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest”

2595EXO403psu31shield the ark with the curtain

“put the ark behind the curtain”

2596EXO405n4wx1General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2597EXO405a4xe1ark of the testimony

This refers to the “sacred chest.”

2598EXO408zfl61General Information:

Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.

2599EXO409ce7i1all its furnishings

“all the things that are a part of it”

2600EXO4012yiq81General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2601EXO4012j7ea1You are to bring

Moses will do these things himself.

2602EXO4013bs4jfigs-activepassive1that are set apart to me

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2603EXO4014w7yw1General Information:

Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.

2604EXO4015js171throughout their peoples generations

“through all the generations of their descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:14.

2605EXO4017r6pcfigs-activepassive1So the tabernacle was set up

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

2606EXO4017gzu5translate-hebrewmonths1the first day of the first month

This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. See how you translated this in Exodus 40:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

2607EXO4017wnh8translate-ordinal1in the second year

This is the second year after Yahweh brought his people out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

2608EXO4018kk4nfigs-explicit1Moses set up

Moses was the leader. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2609EXO4018c6rm1posts

a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support

2610EXO4021l31p1He brought

Moses was the leader. He had workers helping him.

2611EXO4021n8r91for it to shield

“in front of”

2612EXO4024sw1wfigs-explicit1He put the lampstand into the tent of meeting

Moses instructed his workers to move the lampstand. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Moses workmen set the lampstand inside the sacred tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2613EXO4026i5ggfigs-explicit1in front of the curtain

This curtain separated the holy place from the very holy place. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “in front of the curtain that separated the holy place from the very holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2614EXO4031bf9cfigs-explicit1washed their hands and their feet from the basin

They washed with water from the basin. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “washed their hands and their feet with water from the basin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2615EXO4033y62kוַ⁠יְצַ֣ו1In this way

“And so”

2616EXO4034ysd8כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ1Yahwehs glory filled

“Yahwehs awesome presence filled”

2617EXO4036ak35figs-activepassiveלֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן1was taken up from over
  • saying, “You shall throw every new-born son into the river, but every daughter you shall let live.” - A single level direct quote. While this particular instruction is very easy to rephrase as an indirect quote (in English), the use of saying in Hebrew suggests that this should be translated as a direct quotation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2618EXO4037s8y2figs-activepassiveתַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן1that it was lifted up
  • you shall - These are plural referring to all Pharaohs people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])